patch 8.2.4539: when comparing special v:none and v:null are handled the same

Problem:    When comparing special v:none and v:null are handled the same when
            compiling.
Solution:   Pass more information so that v:none can be handled differently at
            compile time.  (issue #9923)

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ jobs:
           do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
 
       # - name: Coveralls
-      #   if: matrix.coverage && success() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
+      #   if: matrix.coverage && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
       #   env:
       #     COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
       #     COVERALLS_PARALLEL: true
@@ -238,21 +238,21 @@ jobs:
       #     ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
 
       - name: Generate gcov files
-        if: matrix.coverage && success()
+        if: matrix.coverage
         run: |
           cd "${SRCDIR}"
           find . -type f -name '*.gcno' -exec gcov -pb {} + || true
 
       - name: Codecov
-        if: matrix.coverage && success()
+        if: matrix.coverage
         uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
         with:
-          flags: ${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
+          flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
       - name: ASan logs
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') && !cancelled()
         run: |
-          for f in $(grep -lR '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:digit:]a-fA-F]*' "${LOG_DIR}"); do
+          for f in $(grep -lR '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:xdigit:]]*' "${LOG_DIR}"); do
             asan_symbolize -l "$f"
             false # in order to fail a job
           done
@@ -344,15 +344,14 @@ jobs:
           make ${TEST}
 
   windows:
-    runs-on: windows-latest
+    runs-on: windows-2019
 
     env:
-      VCVARSALL: C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio\2019\Enterprise\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat
       # Interfaces
       # Lua
       LUA_VER: 54
       LUA_VER_DOT: '5.4'
-      LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.0
+      LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.2
       LUA32_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win32_dllw6_lib.zip
       LUA64_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win64_dllw6_lib.zip
       LUA_DIR: D:\Lua
@@ -360,8 +359,8 @@ jobs:
       PYTHON_VER: 27
       PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
       # Python 3
-      PYTHON3_VER: 38
-      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.8'
+      PYTHON3_VER: 310
+      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.10'
       # Other dependencies
       # winpty
       WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
@@ -392,6 +391,10 @@ jobs:
             msystem: MINGW32
             cygreg: registry32
             pyreg: "-32"
+          - toolchain: mingw
+            arch: x64
+            features: HUGE
+            coverage: yes
         exclude:
           - toolchain: msvc
             arch: x64
@@ -406,6 +409,7 @@ jobs:
         shell: bash
         run: |
           git config --global core.autocrlf input
+          echo "VCVARSALL=$(vswhere -products \* -latest -property installationPath)\\VC\\Auxiliary\\Build\\vcvarsall.bat" >> $GITHUB_ENV
           python_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON_VER_DOT}/InstallPath/@")
           python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/${{ matrix.cygreg }}/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}${{ matrix.pyreg }}/InstallPath/@")
           echo "PYTHON_DIR=$python_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
@@ -463,8 +467,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Copy src directory to src2
         shell: cmd
-        run: |
-          xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
+        run: xcopy src src2\ /E > nul
 
       - name: Build (MSVC)
         if: matrix.toolchain == 'msvc'
@@ -501,7 +504,7 @@ jobs:
               DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=${LUA_DIR} \
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=${PYTHON_DIR} \
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=${PYTHON3_DIR} \
-              STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
+              STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes COVERAGE=${{ matrix.coverage }}
           else
             mingw32-make -f Make_ming.mak -j2 \
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} \
@@ -509,6 +512,14 @@ jobs:
               STATIC_STDCPLUS=yes
           fi
 
+      - name: Check version
+        shell: cmd
+        run: |
+          PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
+          src\vim --version || exit 1
+          src\vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+          src\vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
+
       #- name: Prepare Artifact
       #  shell: cmd
       #  run: |
@@ -522,27 +533,34 @@ jobs:
       #    name: vim${{ matrix.bits }}-${{ matrix.toolchain }}
       #    path: ./artifacts
 
-      - name: Test
+      - name: Copy gcov data files to src2
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        shell: msys2 {0}
+        run: find src -name '*.gcno' | tar -c -T - | tar -x -C src2 --strip-components 1
+
+      - name: Test and show the result of testing gVim
         shell: cmd
         timeout-minutes: 20
         run: |
           PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
           call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
-          cd src
-          echo.
-          echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
-          .\vim --version || exit 1
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
-          start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing Vim in background.%COL_RESET%
+          start cmd /c "cd src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Test gvim:%COL_RESET%
-          cd testdir
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Test gVim:%COL_RESET%
+          cd src\testdir
           nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim || exit 1
-          cd ..
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
-          cd ..\src2\testdir
+      - name: Show the result of testing Vim
+        shell: cmd
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        run: |
+          PATH %LUA_DIR%;C:\msys64\${{ matrix.msystem }}\bin;%PATH%;%PYTHON3_DIR%
+          call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
+
+          echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for Vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
+          cd src2\testdir
           :: Wait about 10 minutes.
           for /L %%i in (1,1,60) do (
             if exist done.txt goto exitloop
@@ -552,10 +570,35 @@ jobs:
           set timeout=1
           :exitloop
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
+          echo %COL_GREEN%The result of testing Vim:%COL_RESET%
+          cd src2\testdir
           if exist messages type messages
           nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak report VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim || exit 1
+
           if "%timeout%"=="1" (
             echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
             exit 1
           )
+
+      - name: Generate gcov files
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        shell: msys2 {0}
+        run: |
+          cd src
+          find . -type f -name '*.gcno' -exec gcov -pb {} + || true
+          cd ../src2
+          find . -type f -name '*.gcno' -exec gcov -pb {} + || true
+
+      - name: Codecov (gVim)
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
+        with:
+          directory: src
+          flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}-gui
+
+      - name: Codecov (Vim)
+        if: matrix.coverage
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
+        with:
+          directory: src2
+          flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}

.gitignore

@@ -96,5 +96,10 @@ src/shadow-*
 src/runtime
 src/pixmaps
 
-# other possible files build by tools
+# other files possibly created by tools
 src/cscope.out
+
+# Linter/language server files
+/.cache/clangd/
+/.ccls-cache/
+/compile_commands.json

Filelist

@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/netbeans.c \
 		src/normal.c \
 		src/nv_cmdidxs.h \
+		src/nv_cmds.h \
 		src/ops.c \
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
@@ -197,7 +198,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/view_util.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test77a.ok \
-		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/testdir/test77a.com \
 		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
 		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
@@ -444,6 +444,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/configure \
 		src/configure.ac \
 		src/create_cmdidxs.vim \
+		src/create_nvcmdidxs.c \
 		src/create_nvcmdidxs.vim \
 		src/gui_at_fs.c \
 		src/gui_at_sb.c \
@@ -661,10 +662,7 @@ SRC_HAIKU =	\
 # source files for the Mac (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/INSTALLmac.txt \
-		src/dehqx.py \
-		src/os_mac_rsrc/*.icns \
 		src/os_mac.h \
-		src/os_mac.rsr.hqx \
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
 		src/os_macosx.m \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
@@ -702,7 +700,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
-		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
@@ -1002,6 +999,7 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-tr.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-tr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/lang/README.txt \
+		runtime/lang/Makefile \
 		runtime/lang/menu_*.vim \
 		runtime/keymap/README.txt \
 		runtime/keymap/*.vim \

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -347,6 +347,9 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File /oname=gvim.exe ${VIMSRC}\gvim_ole.exe
 !if /FileExists "${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll"
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll
+!endif
+!if /FileExists "${VIMRT}\libsodium.dll"
+	File ${VIMRT}\libsodium.dll
 !endif
 	File /oname=install.exe ${VIMSRC}\installw32.exe
 	File /oname=uninstall.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstallw32.exe

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ vim9script noclear
 # Language:     C
 # Maintainer:   Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 #		Rewritten in Vim9 script by github user lacygoill
-# Last Change:  2021 Dec 27
+# Last Change:  2022 Jan 31
 
 var prepended: string
 var grepCache: dict<list<dict<any>>>
 
 # This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
-def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
+export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
   if findstart
     # Locate the start of the item, including ".", "->" and "[...]".
     var line: string = getline('.')
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
               || !v['static']
               || bufnr('%') == bufnr(v['filename']))
 
-    res = extendnew(res, tags->map((_, v: dict<any>) => Tag2item(v)))
+    res = res->extend(tags->map((_, v: dict<any>) => Tag2item(v)))
   endif
 
   if len(res) == 0
@@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
     for i: number in len(diclist)->range()
       # New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
       if diclist[i]->has_key('typename')
-        res = extendnew(res, diclist[i]['typename']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
+        res = res->extend(diclist[i]['typename']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
       elseif diclist[i]->has_key('typeref')
-        res = extendnew(res, diclist[i]['typeref']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
+        res = res->extend(diclist[i]['typeref']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
       endif
 
       # For a variable use the command, which must be a search pattern that
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
         var line: string = diclist[i]['cmd']
         if line[: 1] == '/^'
           var col: number = line->charidx(match(line, '\<' .. items[0] .. '\>'))
-          res = extendnew(res, line[2 : col - 1]->Nextitem(items[1 :], 0, true))
+          res = res->extend(line[2 : col - 1]->Nextitem(items[1 :], 0, true))
         endif
       endif
     endfor
@@ -259,8 +259,7 @@ def GetAddition( # {{{1
     line: string,
     match: string,
     memarg: list<dict<any>>,
-  bracket: bool
-): string
+    bracket: bool): string
   # Guess if the item is an array.
   if bracket && match(line, match .. '\s*\[') > 0
     return '['
@@ -405,8 +404,7 @@ enddef
 def Tagcmd2extra( # {{{1
     cmd: string,
     name: string,
-  fname: string
-): string
+    fname: string): string
 # Turn a command from a tag line to something that is useful in the menu
   var x: string
   if cmd =~ '^/^'
@@ -430,8 +428,7 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
     lead: string,
     items: list<string>,
     depth: number,
-  all: bool
-): list<dict<string>>
+    all: bool): list<dict<string>>
 # Find composing type in "lead" and match items[0] with it.
 # Repeat this recursively for items[1], if it's there.
 # When resolving typedefs "depth" is used to avoid infinite recursion.
@@ -473,11 +470,11 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
 
       # New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
       if item->has_key('typeref')
-        res = extendnew(res, item['typeref']->StructMembers(items, all))
+        res = res->extend(item['typeref']->StructMembers(items, all))
         continue
       endif
       if item->has_key('typename')
-        res = extendnew(res, item['typename']->StructMembers(items, all))
+        res = res->extend(item['typename']->StructMembers(items, all))
         continue
       endif
 
@@ -511,11 +508,11 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
               endif
             endfor
             if name != ''
-              res = extendnew(res, StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] .. ':' .. name, items, all))
+              res = res->extend(StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] .. ':' .. name, items, all))
             endif
           elseif depth < 10
             # Could be "typedef other_T some_T".
-            res = extendnew(res, cmdtokens[0]->Nextitem(items, depth + 1, all))
+            res = res->extend(cmdtokens[0]->Nextitem(items, depth + 1, all))
           endif
         endif
       endif
@@ -531,8 +528,7 @@ enddef
 def StructMembers( # {{{1
     atypename: string,
     items: list<string>,
-  all: bool
-): list<dict<string>>
+    all: bool): list<dict<string>>
 
 # Search for members of structure "typename" in tags files.
 # Return a list with resulting matches.
@@ -643,8 +639,7 @@ enddef
 def SearchMembers( # {{{1
     matches: list<dict<any>>,
     items: list<string>,
-  all: bool
-): list<dict<string>>
+    all: bool): list<dict<string>>
 
 # For matching members, find matches for following items.
 # When "all" is true find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any member.
@@ -674,7 +669,7 @@ def SearchMembers( # {{{1
     endif
 
     if typename != ''
-      res = extendnew(res, StructMembers(typename, items, all))
+      res = res->extend(StructMembers(typename, items, all))
     else
       # Use the search command (the declaration itself).
       var sb: number = line->match('\t\zs/^')
@@ -683,7 +678,7 @@ def SearchMembers( # {{{1
         var e: number = line
           ->charidx(match(line, '\<' .. matches[i]['match'] .. '\>', sb))
         if e > 0
-          res = extendnew(res, line[s : e - 1]->Nextitem(items, 0, all))
+          res = res->extend(line[s : e - 1]->Nextitem(items, 0, all))
         endif
       endif
     endif

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+vim9script
+
+# Vim function for detecting a filetype from the file contents.
+# Invoked from "scripts.vim" in 'runtimepath'
+#
+# Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+# Last Change:	2022 Feb 13
+
+export def DetectFiletype()
+  var line1 = getline(1)
+  if line1[0] == '#' && line1[1] == '!'
+    # File that starts with "#!".
+    DetectFromHashBang(line1)
+  else
+    # File does not start with "#!".
+    DetectFromText(line1)
+  endif
+enddef
+
+# Called for a script that has "#!" in the first line.
+def DetectFromHashBang(firstline: string)
+  var line1 = firstline
+
+  # Check for a line like "#!/usr/bin/env {options} bash".  Turn it into
+  # "#!/usr/bin/bash" to make matching easier.
+  # Recognize only a few {options} that are commonly used.
+  if line1 =~ '^#!\s*\S*\<env\s'
+    line1 = substitute(line1, '\S\+=\S\+', '', 'g')
+    line1 = substitute(line1, '\(-[iS]\|--ignore-environment\|--split-string\)', '', '')
+    line1 = substitute(line1, '\<env\s\+', '', '')
+  endif
+
+  # Get the program name.
+  # Only accept spaces in PC style paths: "#!c:/program files/perl [args]".
+  # If the word env is used, use the first word after the space:
+  # "#!/usr/bin/env perl [path/args]"
+  # If there is no path use the first word: "#!perl [path/args]".
+  # Otherwise get the last word after a slash: "#!/usr/bin/perl [path/args]".
+  var name: string
+  if line1 =~ '^#!\s*\a:[/\\]'
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!.*[/\\]\(\i\+\).*', '\1', '')
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#!.*\<env\>'
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!.*\<env\>\s\+\(\i\+\).*', '\1', '')
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#!\s*[^/\\ ]*\>\([^/\\]\|$\)'
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!\s*\([^/\\ ]*\>\).*', '\1', '')
+  else
+    name = substitute(line1, '^#!\s*\S*[/\\]\(\i\+\).*', '\1', '')
+  endif
+
+  # tcl scripts may have #!/bin/sh in the first line and "exec wish" in the
+  # third line.  Suggested by Steven Atkinson.
+  if getline(3) =~ '^exec wish'
+    name = 'wish'
+  endif
+
+  # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 ksh ksh93 sh
+  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(line1)
+
+    # csh scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^csh\>'
+    if exists("g:filetype_csh")
+      call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(g:filetype_csh)
+    else
+      call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("csh")
+    endif
+
+    # tcsh scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^tcsh\>'
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+
+    # Z shell scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^zsh\>'
+    set ft=zsh
+
+    # TCL scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^\(tclsh\|wish\|expectk\|itclsh\|itkwish\)\>'
+    set ft=tcl
+
+    # Expect scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^expect\>'
+    set ft=expect
+
+    # Gnuplot scripts
+  elseif name =~ '^gnuplot\>'
+    set ft=gnuplot
+
+    # Makefiles
+  elseif name =~ 'make\>'
+    set ft=make
+
+    # Pike
+  elseif name =~ '^pike\%(\>\|[0-9]\)'
+    set ft=pike
+
+    # Lua
+  elseif name =~ 'lua'
+    set ft=lua
+
+    # Perl
+  elseif name =~ 'perl'
+    set ft=perl
+
+    # PHP
+  elseif name =~ 'php'
+    set ft=php
+
+    # Python
+  elseif name =~ 'python'
+    set ft=python
+
+    # Groovy
+  elseif name =~ '^groovy\>'
+    set ft=groovy
+
+    # Raku
+  elseif name =~ 'raku'
+    set ft=raku
+
+    # Ruby
+  elseif name =~ 'ruby'
+    set ft=ruby
+
+    # JavaScript
+  elseif name =~ 'node\(js\)\=\>\|js\>' || name =~ 'rhino\>'
+    set ft=javascript
+
+    # BC calculator
+  elseif name =~ '^bc\>'
+    set ft=bc
+
+    # sed
+  elseif name =~ 'sed\>'
+    set ft=sed
+
+    # OCaml-scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'ocaml'
+    set ft=ocaml
+
+    # Awk scripts; also finds "gawk"
+  elseif name =~ 'awk\>'
+    set ft=awk
+
+    # Website MetaLanguage
+  elseif name =~ 'wml'
+    set ft=wml
+
+    # Scheme scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'scheme'
+    set ft=scheme
+
+    # CFEngine scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'cfengine'
+    set ft=cfengine
+
+    # Erlang scripts
+  elseif name =~ 'escript'
+    set ft=erlang
+
+    # Haskell
+  elseif name =~ 'haskell'
+    set ft=haskell
+
+    # Scala
+  elseif name =~ 'scala\>'
+    set ft=scala
+
+    # Clojure
+  elseif name =~ 'clojure'
+    set ft=clojure
+
+    # Free Pascal
+  elseif name =~ 'instantfpc\>'
+    set ft=pascal
+
+    # Fennel
+  elseif name =~ 'fennel\>'
+    set ft=fennel
+
+    # MikroTik RouterOS script
+  elseif name =~ 'rsc\>'
+    set ft=routeros
+
+    # Fish shell
+  elseif name =~ 'fish\>'
+    set ft=fish
+
+    # Gforth
+  elseif name =~ 'gforth\>'
+    set ft=forth
+
+  endif
+enddef
+
+
+# Called for a script that does not have "#!" in the first line.
+def DetectFromText(line1: string)
+  var line2 = getline(2)
+  var line3 = getline(3)
+  var line4 = getline(4)
+  var line5 = getline(5)
+
+  # Bourne-like shell scripts: sh ksh bash bash2
+  if line1 =~ '^:$'
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(line1)
+
+  # Z shell scripts
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#compdef\>'
+      || line1 =~ '^#autoload\>'
+      || "\n" .. line1 .. "\n" .. line2 .. "\n" .. line3 ..
+	 "\n" .. line4 .. "\n" .. line5
+	 =~ '\n\s*emulate\s\+\%(-[LR]\s\+\)\=[ckz]\=sh\>'
+    set ft=zsh
+
+  # ELM Mail files
+  elseif line1 =~ '^From \([a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9\.=-]*\(@[^ ]*\)\=\|-\) .* \(19\|20\)\d\d$'
+    set ft=mail
+
+  # Mason
+  elseif line1 =~ '^<[%&].*>'
+    set ft=mason
+
+  # Vim scripts (must have '" vim' as the first line to trigger this)
+  elseif line1 =~ '^" *[vV]im$'
+    set ft=vim
+
+  # libcxx and libstdc++ standard library headers like "iostream" do not have
+  # an extension, recognize the Emacs file mode.
+  elseif line1 =~? '-\*-.*C++.*-\*-'
+    set ft=cpp
+
+  # MOO
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\*\* LambdaMOO Database, Format Version \%([1-3]\>\)\@!\d\+ \*\*$'
+    set ft=moo
+
+    # Diff file:
+    # - "diff" in first line (context diff)
+    # - "Only in " in first line
+    # - "--- " in first line and "+++ " in second line (unified diff).
+    # - "*** " in first line and "--- " in second line (context diff).
+    # - "# It was generated by makepatch " in the second line (makepatch diff).
+    # - "Index: <filename>" in the first line (CVS file)
+    # - "=== ", line of "=", "---", "+++ " (SVK diff)
+    # - "=== ", "--- ", "+++ " (bzr diff, common case)
+    # - "=== (removed|added|renamed|modified)" (bzr diff, alternative)
+    # - "# HG changeset patch" in first line (Mercurial export format)
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\(diff\>\|Only in \|\d\+\(,\d\+\)\=[cda]\d\+\>\|# It was generated by makepatch \|Index:\s\+\f\+\r\=$\|===== \f\+ \d\+\.\d\+ vs edited\|==== //\f\+#\d\+\|# HG changeset patch\)'
+	 || (line1 =~ '^--- ' && line2 =~ '^+++ ')
+	 || (line1 =~ '^\* looking for ' && line2 =~ '^\* comparing to ')
+	 || (line1 =~ '^\*\*\* ' && line2 =~ '^--- ')
+	 || (line1 =~ '^=== ' && ((line2 =~ '^=\{66\}' && line3 =~ '^--- ' && line4 =~ '^+++') || (line2 =~ '^--- ' && line3 =~ '^+++ ')))
+	 || (line1 =~ '^=== \(removed\|added\|renamed\|modified\)')
+    set ft=diff
+
+    # PostScript Files (must have %!PS as the first line, like a2ps output)
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%![ \t]*PS'
+    set ft=postscr
+
+    # M4 scripts: Guess there is a line that starts with "dnl".
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line2 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line3 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line4 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+	 || line5 =~ '^\s*dnl\>'
+    set ft=m4
+
+    # AmigaDos scripts
+  elseif $TERM == "amiga" && (line1 =~ "^;" || line1 =~? '^\.bra')
+    set ft=amiga
+
+    # SiCAD scripts (must have procn or procd as the first line to trigger this)
+  elseif line1 =~? '^ *proc[nd] *$'
+    set ft=sicad
+
+    # Purify log files start with "****  Purify"
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\*\*\*\*  Purify'
+    set ft=purifylog
+
+    # XML
+  elseif line1 =~ '<?\s*xml.*?>'
+    set ft=xml
+
+    # XHTML (e.g.: PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN")
+  elseif line1 =~ '\<DTD\s\+XHTML\s'
+    set ft=xhtml
+
+    # HTML (e.g.: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN")
+    # Avoid "doctype html", used by slim.
+  elseif line1 =~? '<!DOCTYPE\s\+html\>'
+    set ft=html
+
+    # PDF
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%PDF-'
+    set ft=pdf
+
+    # XXD output
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\x\{7}: \x\{2} \=\x\{2} \=\x\{2} \=\x\{2} '
+    set ft=xxd
+
+    # RCS/CVS log output
+  elseif line1 =~ '^RCS file:' || line2 =~ '^RCS file:'
+    set ft=rcslog
+
+    # CVS commit
+  elseif line2 =~ '^CVS:' || getline("$") =~ '^CVS: '
+    set ft=cvs
+
+    # Prescribe
+  elseif line1 =~ '^!R!'
+    set ft=prescribe
+
+    # Send-pr
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SEND-PR:'
+    set ft=sendpr
+
+    # SNNS files
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SNNS network definition file'
+    set ft=snnsnet
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SNNS pattern definition file'
+    set ft=snnspat
+  elseif line1 =~ '^SNNS result file'
+    set ft=snnsres
+
+    # Virata
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line2 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line3 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line4 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+	 || line5 =~ '^%.\{-}[Vv]irata'
+    set ft=virata
+
+    # Strace
+  elseif line1 =~ '[0-9:.]* *execve(' || line1 =~ '^__libc_start_main'
+    set ft=strace
+
+    # VSE JCL
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\* $$ JOB\>' || line1 =~ '^// *JOB\>'
+    set ft=vsejcl
+
+    # TAK and SINDA
+  elseif line4 =~ 'K & K  Associates' || line2 =~ 'TAK 2000'
+    set ft=takout
+  elseif line3 =~ 'S Y S T E M S   I M P R O V E D '
+    set ft=sindaout
+  elseif getline(6) =~ 'Run Date: '
+    set ft=takcmp
+  elseif getline(9) =~ 'Node    File  1'
+    set ft=sindacmp
+
+    # DNS zone files
+  elseif line1 .. line2 .. line3 .. line4 =~ '^; <<>> DiG [0-9.]\+.* <<>>\|$ORIGIN\|$TTL\|IN\s\+SOA'
+    set ft=bindzone
+
+    # BAAN
+  elseif line1 =~ '|\*\{1,80}' && line2 =~ 'VRC '
+	 || line2 =~ '|\*\{1,80}' && line3 =~ 'VRC '
+    set ft=baan
+
+    # Valgrind
+  elseif line1 =~ '^==\d\+== valgrind' || line3 =~ '^==\d\+== Using valgrind'
+    set ft=valgrind
+
+    # Go docs
+  elseif line1 =~ '^PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION$'
+    set ft=godoc
+
+    # Renderman Interface Bytestream
+  elseif line1 =~ '^##RenderMan'
+    set ft=rib
+
+    # Scheme scripts
+  elseif line1 =~ 'exec\s\+\S*scheme' || line2 =~ 'exec\s\+\S*scheme'
+    set ft=scheme
+
+    # Git output
+  elseif line1 =~ '^\(commit\|tree\|object\) \x\{40,\}\>\|^tag \S\+$'
+    set ft=git
+
+    # Gprof (gnu profiler)
+  elseif line1 == 'Flat profile:'
+	&& line2 == ''
+	&& line3 =~ '^Each sample counts as .* seconds.$'
+    set ft=gprof
+
+    # Erlang terms
+    # (See also: http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Choosing-Modes.html#Choosing-Modes)
+  elseif line1 =~? '-\*-.*erlang.*-\*-'
+    set ft=erlang
+
+    # YAML
+  elseif line1 =~ '^%YAML'
+    set ft=yaml
+
+    # MikroTik RouterOS script
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#.*by RouterOS.*$'
+    set ft=routeros
+
+    # Sed scripts
+    # #ncomment is allowed but most likely a false positive so require a space
+    # before any trailing comment text
+  elseif line1 =~ '^#n\%($\|\s\)'
+    set ft=sed
+
+  else
+    var lnum = 1
+    while getline(lnum) =~ "^? " && lnum < line("$")
+      lnum += 1
+    endwhile
+    if getline(lnum) =~ '^Index:\s\+\f\+$'
+      # CVS diff
+      set ft=diff
+
+      # locale input files: Formal Definitions of Cultural Conventions
+      # filename must be like en_US, fr_FR@euro or en_US.UTF-8
+    elseif expand("%") =~ '\a\a_\a\a\($\|[.@]\)\|i18n$\|POSIX$\|translit_'
+      lnum = 1
+      while lnum < 100 && lnum < line("$")
+	if getline(lnum) =~ '^LC_\(IDENTIFICATION\|CTYPE\|COLLATE\|MONETARY\|NUMERIC\|TIME\|MESSAGES\|PAPER\|TELEPHONE\|MEASUREMENT\|NAME\|ADDRESS\)$'
+	  setf fdcc
+	  break
+	endif
+	lnum += 1
+      endwhile
+    endif
+  endif
+enddef

runtime/compiler/jest.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Jest
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2018 May 15
+" Last Change:	2021 Nov 20
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -15,12 +15,14 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ jest\ --no-colors
+" CompilerSet makeprg=npx\ --no-install\ jest\ --no-colors
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=jest\ --no-colors
-CompilerSet errorformat=%E\ \ ●\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%-A\ \ ●\ Console,
+		       \%E\ \ ●\ %m,
 		       \%Z\ %\\{4}%.%#Error:\ %f:\ %m\ (%l:%c):%\\=,
 		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ (%f:%l:%c),
+		       \%Z\ %\\{6}at\ %\\S%#\ %f:%l:%c,
 		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%\\w%.%#,
 		       \%+C\ %\\{4}%[-+]%.%#,
 		       \%-C%.%#,

runtime/compiler/sml.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SML/NJ Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2020 Feb 10
+" Last Change:	2022 Feb 09
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=sml
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l.%c-%\\d%\\+.%\\d%\\+\ %trror:\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l.%c-%e.%k\ %trror:\ %m,
 		       \%f:%l.%c\ %trror:\ %m,
-		       \%trror:\ %m
-		       \%f:%l.%c-%\\d%\\+.%\\d%\\+\ %tarning:\ %m,
+		       \%trror:\ %m,
+		       \%f:%l.%c-%e.%k\ %tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%f:%l.%c\ %tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%tarning:\ %m,
 		       \%-G%.%#

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2021 Nov 17
+" Last change:	2022 Mar 03
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -64,9 +64,10 @@ if has('win32')
   set guioptions-=t
 endif
 
-" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting.
+" Don't use Q for Ex mode, use it for formatting.  Except for Select mode.
 " Revert with ":unmap Q".
 map Q gq
+sunmap Q
 
 " CTRL-U in insert mode deletes a lot.  Use CTRL-G u to first break undo,
 " so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a line break.

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version6.txt \
 	version7.txt \
 	version8.txt \
+	version9.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	vim9.txt \
 	visual.txt \
@@ -298,6 +299,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version6.html \
 	version7.html \
 	version8.html \
+	version9.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	vim9.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 			they were given.
 			See |autocmd-nested| for [++nested].  "nested"
 			(without the ++) can also be used, for backwards
-			compatibility.
+			compatibility, but not in |Vim9| script. *E1078*
 							*autocmd-once*
 			If [++once] is supplied the command is executed once,
 			then removed ("one shot").
@@ -326,6 +326,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |FileChangedRO|		before making the first change to a read-only file
 
 |DiffUpdated|		after diffs have been updated
+|DirChangedPre|		before the working directory will change
 |DirChanged|		after the working directory has changed
 
 |ShellCmdPost|		after executing a shell command
@@ -364,6 +365,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
+|InsertLeavePre| 	just before leaving Insert mode
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
@@ -738,6 +740,11 @@ DiffUpdated			After diffs have been updated.  Depending on
 				what kind of diff is being used (internal or
 				external) this can be triggered on every
 				change or when doing |:diffupdate|.
+							*DirChangedPre*
+DirChangedPre			The working directory is going to be changed,
+				as with |DirChanged|.  The pattern is like
+				with |DirChanged|.  The new directory can be
+				found in v:event.directory.
 							*DirChanged*
 DirChanged			The working directory has changed in response
 				to the |:cd| or |:tcd| or |:lcd| commands, or
@@ -1633,7 +1640,7 @@ Examples for reading and writing compressed files: >
   :  autocmd BufReadPre,FileReadPre	*.gz set bin
   :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz '[,']!gunzip
   :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz set nobin
-  :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz execute ":doautocmd BufReadPost " . expand("%:r")
+  :  autocmd BufReadPost,FileReadPost	*.gz execute ":doautocmd BufReadPost " .. expand("%:r")
   :  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz !mv <afile> <afile>:r
   :  autocmd BufWritePost,FileWritePost	*.gz !gzip <afile>:r
 
@@ -1732,7 +1739,7 @@ To insert the current date and time in a *.html file when writing it: >
   :  else
   :    let l = line("$")
   :  endif
-  :  exe "1," . l . "g/Last modified: /s/Last modified: .*/Last modified: " .
+  :  exe "1," .. l .. "g/Last modified: /s/Last modified: .*/Last modified: " ..
   :  \ strftime("%Y %b %d")
   :endfun
 

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -292,7 +292,6 @@ inputrestore()			Number	restore typeahead
 inputsave()			Number	save and clear typeahead
 inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) String	like input() but hiding the text
 insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}]) List	insert {item} in {object} [before {idx}]
-internal_get_nv_cmdchar({idx})	Number	command character at this index
 interrupt()			none	interrupt script execution
 invert({expr})			Number	bitwise invert
 isdirectory({directory})	Number	|TRUE| if {directory} is a directory
@@ -540,8 +539,8 @@ sin({expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh({expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
 slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])  String, List or Blob
 					slice of a String, List or Blob
-sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
-				List	sort {list}, using {func} to compare
+sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])
+				List	sort {list}, compare with {how}
 sound_clear()			none	stop playing all sounds
 sound_playevent({name} [, {callback}])
 				Number	play an event sound
@@ -655,8 +654,6 @@ test_null_string()		String	null value for testing
 test_option_not_set({name})	none	reset flag indicating option was set
 test_override({expr}, {val})	none	test with Vim internal overrides
 test_refcount({expr})		Number	get the reference count of {expr}
-test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})
-				none	scroll in the GUI for testing
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})	none	set the mouse position for testing
 test_settime({expr})		none	set current time for testing
 test_srand_seed([seed])		none	set seed for testing srand()
@@ -857,7 +854,7 @@ argv([{nr} [, {winid}]])
 	:let i = 0
 	:while i < argc()
 	:  let f = escape(fnameescape(argv(i)), '.')
-	:  exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
+	:  exe 'amenu Arg.' .. f .. ' :e ' .. f .. '<CR>'
 	:  let i = i + 1
 	:endwhile
 <		Without the {nr} argument, or when {nr} is -1, a |List| with
@@ -1137,7 +1134,7 @@ bufwinid({buf})						*bufwinid()*
 		see |bufname()| above.  If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or
 		there is no such window, -1 is returned.  Example: >
 
-	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinid(1))
+	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinid(1))
 <
 		Only deals with the current tab page.
 
@@ -1150,7 +1147,7 @@ bufwinnr({buf})						*bufwinnr()*
 		If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or there is no such window, -1
 		is returned.  Example: >
 
-	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
+	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinnr(1))
 
 <		The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
 		|:wincmd|.
@@ -1200,7 +1197,7 @@ byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr})					*byteidxcomp()*
 		Like byteidx(), except that a composing character is counted
 		as a separate character.  Example: >
-			let s = 'e' . nr2char(0x301)
+			let s = 'e' .. nr2char(0x301)
 			echo byteidx(s, 1)
 			echo byteidxcomp(s, 1)
 			echo byteidxcomp(s, 2)
@@ -1395,7 +1392,7 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			col(".")		column of cursor
 			col("$")		length of cursor line plus one
 			col("'t")		column of mark t
-			col("'" . markname)	column of mark markname
+			col("'" .. markname)	column of mark markname
 <		The first column is 1.  0 is returned for an error.
 		For an uppercase mark the column may actually be in another
 		buffer.
@@ -1404,7 +1401,7 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		line.  This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
 			:imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
 				\<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
-				\<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
+				\<C-O>:echo col(".") .. "\n" <Bar>
 				\let &ve = save_ve<CR>
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -1888,12 +1885,13 @@ digraph_getlist([{listall}])				*digraph_getlist()*
 		display an error message.
 
 
-digraph_set({chars}, {digraph})				*digraph_set()* *E1205*
+digraph_set({chars}, {digraph})				*digraph_set()*
 		Add digraph {chars} to the list.  {chars} must be a string
 		with two characters.  {digraph} is a string with one UTF-8
-		encoded character. Be careful, composing characters are NOT
-		ignored.  This function is similar to |:digraphs| command, but
-		useful to add digraphs start with a white space.
+		encoded character.  *E1215*
+		Be careful, composing characters are NOT ignored.  This
+		function is similar to |:digraphs| command, but useful to add
+		digraphs start with a white space.
 
 		The function result is v:true if |digraph| is registered.  If
 		this fails an error message is given and v:false is returned.
@@ -1916,7 +1914,7 @@ digraph_setlist({digraphlist})				*digraph_setlist()*
 		Similar to |digraph_set()| but this function can add multiple
 		digraphs at once.  {digraphlist} is a list composed of lists,
 		where each list contains two strings with {chars} and
-		{digraph} as in |digraph_set()|.
+		{digraph} as in |digraph_set()|. *E1216*
 		Example: >
 		    call digraph_setlist([['aa', 'あ'], ['ii', 'い']])
 <
@@ -2087,6 +2085,9 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 					items, etc.
 					Does not work for local variables in a
 					compiled `:def` function.
+					Also works for a function in |Vim9|
+					script, since it can be used as a
+					function reference.
 					Beware that evaluating an index may
 					cause an error message for an invalid
 					expression.  E.g.: >
@@ -2139,7 +2140,8 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 			exists("&shortname")
 			exists("$HOSTNAME")
 			exists("*strftime")
-			exists("*s:MyFunc")
+			exists("*s:MyFunc")	" only for legacy script
+			exists("*MyFunc")
 			exists("bufcount")
 			exists(":Make")
 			exists("#CursorHold")
@@ -2245,12 +2247,12 @@ expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 			:e		extension only
 
 		Example: >
-			:let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
+			:let &tags = expand("%:p:h") .. "/tags"
 <		Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
 		'<', any following text is ignored.  This does NOT work: >
 			:let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
 <		Use this: >
-			:let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
+			:let doeswork = expand("%:h") .. ".bak"
 <		Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
 		referenced file name without further expansion.  If "<cfile>"
 		is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
@@ -2534,7 +2536,7 @@ flatten({list} [, {maxdepth}])					*flatten()*
 		The {list} is changed in place, use |flattennew()| if you do
 		not want that.
 		In Vim9 script flatten() cannot be used, you must always use
-		|flattennew()|. *E1158*
+		|flattennew()|.
 								*E900*
 		{maxdepth} means how deep in nested lists changes are made.
 		{list} is not modified when {maxdepth} is 0.
@@ -2631,7 +2633,7 @@ fnameescape({string})					*fnameescape()*
 		and |:write|).  And a "-" by itself (special after |:cd|).
 		Example: >
 			:let fname = '+some str%nge|name'
-			:exe "edit " . fnameescape(fname)
+			:exe "edit " .. fnameescape(fname)
 <		results in executing: >
 			edit \+some\ str\%nge\|name
 <
@@ -2812,7 +2814,7 @@ function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 <		The Dictionary is only useful when calling a "dict" function.
 		In that case the {dict} is passed in as "self". Example: >
 			function Callback() dict
-			   echo "called for " . self.name
+			   echo "called for " .. self.name
 			endfunction
 			...
 			let context = {"name": "example"}
@@ -3011,7 +3013,7 @@ getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
-			:echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
+			:echo "todo myvar = " .. getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufvar(varname)
@@ -3072,9 +3074,9 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		This example positions the mouse as it would normally happen: >
 			let c = getchar()
 			if c == "\<LeftMouse>" && v:mouse_win > 0
-			  exe v:mouse_win . "wincmd w"
+			  exe v:mouse_win .. "wincmd w"
 			  exe v:mouse_lnum
-			  exe "normal " . v:mouse_col . "|"
+			  exe "normal " .. v:mouse_col .. "|"
 			endif
 <
 		When using bracketed paste only the first character is
@@ -3754,7 +3756,7 @@ getreg([{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])			*getreg()*
 			:let cliptext = getreg('*')
 <		When register {regname} was not set the result is an empty
 		string.
-		The {regname} argument must be a string.
+		The {regname} argument must be a string.  *E1162*
 
 		getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
 		register.  (For use in maps.)
@@ -3871,7 +3873,7 @@ gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])		*gettabwinvar()*
 		empty string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
-			:echo "myvar = " . gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
+			:echo "myvar = " .. gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
 <
 		To obtain all window-local variables use: >
 			gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, '&')
@@ -4004,7 +4006,7 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 		Like |gettabwinvar()| for the current tabpage.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
-			:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
+			:echo "myvar = " .. getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->getwinvar(varname)
@@ -4259,7 +4261,7 @@ histdel({history} [, {item}])				*histdel()*
 		The following three are equivalent: >
 			:call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
 			:call histdel("search", -1)
-			:call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
+			:call histdel("search", '^' .. histget("search", -1) .. '$')
 <
 		To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
 		the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
@@ -4278,7 +4280,7 @@ histget({history} [, {index}])				*histget()*
 
 		Examples:
 		Redo the second last search from history. >
-			:execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
+			:execute '/' .. histget("search", -2)
 
 <		Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
 		the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
@@ -4524,7 +4526,7 @@ input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])		*input()*
 		|:execute| or |:normal|.
 
 		Example with a mapping: >
-			:nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
+			:nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" .. Foo<CR>
 			:function GetFoo()
 			:  call inputsave()
 			:  let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
@@ -4618,11 +4620,6 @@ insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}])			*insert()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->insert(item)
-<
-						*internal_get_nv_cmdchar()*
-internal_get_nv_cmdchar({idx})
-		Return the normal/visual mode command character at the
-		specified index. To be used only during the Vim build process.
 
 interrupt()						*interrupt()*
 		Interrupt script execution.  It works more or less like the
@@ -4677,9 +4674,11 @@ islocked({expr})					*islocked()* *E786*
 			:echo islocked('alist')		" 1
 			:echo islocked('alist[1]')	" 0
 
-<		When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
-		message.  Use |exists()| to check for existence.
-		In Vim9 script it does not work for local variables.
+<		When {expr} is a variable that does not exist -1 is returned.
+		If {expr} uses a range, list or dict index that is out of
+		range or does not exist you get an error message.  Use
+		|exists()| to check for existence.
+		In Vim9 script it does not work for local function variables.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetName()->islocked()
@@ -4701,7 +4700,7 @@ items({dict})						*items()*
 		order.  Also see |keys()| and |values()|.
 		Example: >
 			for [key, value] in items(mydict)
-			   echo key . ': ' . value
+			   echo key .. ': ' .. value
 			endfor
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -4716,7 +4715,7 @@ join({list} [, {sep}])					*join()*
 		{sep} is omitted a single space is used.
 		Note that {sep} is not added at the end.  You might want to
 		add it there too: >
-			let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
+			let lines = join(mylist, "\n") .. "\n"
 <		String items are used as-is.  |Lists| and |Dictionaries| are
 		converted into a string like with |string()|.
 		The opposite function is |split()|.
@@ -4791,7 +4790,7 @@ json_encode({expr})					*json_encode()*
 		Encode {expr} as JSON and return this as a string.
 		The encoding is specified in:
 		https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7159.html
-		Vim values are converted as follows:
+		Vim values are converted as follows:   *E1161*
 		   |Number|		decimal number
 		   |Float|		floating point number
 		   Float nan		"NaN"
@@ -4905,7 +4904,7 @@ libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 line({expr} [, {winid}])				*line()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
 		position given with {expr}.  The {expr} argument is a string.
-		The accepted positions are:
+		The accepted positions are:			 *E1209*
 		    .	    the cursor position
 		    $	    the last line in the current buffer
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
@@ -4928,7 +4927,7 @@ line({expr} [, {winid}])				*line()*
 			line(".")		line number of the cursor
 			line(".", winid)	idem, in window "winid"
 			line("'t")		line number of mark t
-			line("'" . marker)	line number of mark marker
+			line("'" .. marker)	line number of mark marker
 <
 		To jump to the last known position when opening a file see
 		|last-position-jump|.
@@ -5004,12 +5003,12 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 		Returns a unique ID that can be passed to |listener_remove()|.
 
 		The {callback} is invoked with five arguments:
-		    a:bufnr	the buffer that was changed
-		    a:start	first changed line number
-		    a:end	first line number below the change
-		    a:added	number of lines added, negative if lines were
+		    bufnr	the buffer that was changed
+		    start	first changed line number
+		    end		first line number below the change
+		    added	number of lines added, negative if lines were
 				deleted
-		    a:changes	a List of items with details about the changes
+		    changes	a List of items with details about the changes
 
 		Example: >
 	    func Listener(bufnr, start, end, added, changes)
@@ -5017,7 +5016,7 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 	    endfunc
 	    call listener_add('Listener', bufnr)
 
-<		The List cannot be changed.  Each item in a:changes is a
+<		The List cannot be changed.  Each item in "changes" is a
 		dictionary with these entries:
 		    lnum	the first line number of the change
 		    end		the first line below the change
@@ -5144,7 +5143,7 @@ luaeval({expr} [, {expr}])					*luaeval()*
 
 map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		{expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
-		When {expr1} is a |List|| or |Dictionary|, replace each
+		When {expr1} is a |List| or |Dictionary|, replace each
 		item in {expr1} with the result of evaluating {expr2}.
 		For a |Blob| each byte is replaced.
 		For a |String|, each character, including composing
@@ -5162,7 +5161,7 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		current byte. For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
 		current character.
 		Example: >
-			:call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
+			:call map(mylist, '"> " .. v:val .. " <"')
 <		This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
 
 		Note that {expr2} is the result of an expression and is then
@@ -5176,19 +5175,19 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		The function must return the new value of the item. Example
 		that changes each value by "key-value": >
 			func KeyValue(key, val)
-			  return a:key . '-' . a:val
+			  return a:key .. '-' .. a:val
 			endfunc
 			call map(myDict, function('KeyValue'))
 <		It is shorter when using a |lambda|: >
-			call map(myDict, {key, val -> key . '-' . val})
+			call map(myDict, {key, val -> key .. '-' .. val})
 <		If you do not use "val" you can leave it out: >
-			call map(myDict, {key -> 'item: ' . key})
+			call map(myDict, {key -> 'item: ' .. key})
 <		If you do not use "key" you can use a short name: >
-			call map(myDict, {_, val -> 'item: ' . val})
+			call map(myDict, {_, val -> 'item: ' .. val})
 <
 		The operation is done in-place for a |List| and |Dictionary|.
 		If you want it to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
-			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val . "\t"')
+			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val .. "\t"')
 
 <		Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered,
 		or a new |Blob| or |String|.
@@ -5264,7 +5263,7 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 		then the global mappings.
 		This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
 		mapped, and have it do the original mapping too.  Sketch: >
-			exe 'nnoremap <Tab> ==' . maparg('<Tab>', 'n')
+			exe 'nnoremap <Tab> ==' .. maparg('<Tab>', 'n')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetKey()->maparg('n')
@@ -5573,7 +5572,7 @@ matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])			*matchfuzzy()*
 		empty list is returned. If length of {str} is greater than
 		256, then returns an empty list.
 
-		Refer to |fuzzy-match| for more information about fuzzy
+		Refer to |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
 		matching strings.
 
 		Example: >
@@ -5787,7 +5786,7 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 		{name}.  Thus if you create /tmp/foo/bar then /tmp/foo will be
 		created with 0o755.
 		Example: >
-			:call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)
+			:call mkdir($HOME .. "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)
 
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
@@ -6228,7 +6227,7 @@ prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr})			*prompt_setcallback()*
 		       stopinsert
 		       close
 		     else
-		       call append(line('$') - 1, 'Entered: "' . a:text . '"')
+		       call append(line('$') - 1, 'Entered: "' .. a:text .. '"')
 		       " Reset 'modified' to allow the buffer to be closed.
 		       set nomodified
 		     endif
@@ -6425,7 +6424,7 @@ readdir({directory} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])			*readdir()*
 		  function! s:tree(dir)
 		      return {a:dir : map(readdir(a:dir),
 		      \ {_, x -> isdirectory(x) ?
-		      \		 {x : s:tree(a:dir . '/' . x)} : x})}
+		      \		 {x : s:tree(a:dir .. '/' .. x)} : x})}
 		  endfunction
 		  echo s:tree(".")
 <
@@ -6622,16 +6621,22 @@ reltimestr({time})				*reltimestr()*
 
 							*remote_expr()* *E449*
 remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
-		Send the {string} to {server}.  The string is sent as an
-		expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
-		The result must be a String or a |List|.  A |List| is turned
-		into a String by joining the items with a line break in
-		between (not at the end), like with join(expr, "\n").
+		Send the {string} to {server}.  The {server} argument is a
+		string, also see |{server}|.
+
+		The string is sent as an expression and the result is returned
+		after evaluation.  The result must be a String or a |List|.  A
+		|List| is turned into a String by joining the items with a
+		line break in between (not at the end), like with join(expr,
+		"\n").
+
 		If {idvar} is present and not empty, it is taken as the name
 		of a variable and a {serverid} for later use with
 		|remote_read()| is stored there.
+
 		If {timeout} is given the read times out after this many
 		seconds.  Otherwise a timeout of 600 seconds is used.
+
 		See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
@@ -6652,7 +6657,7 @@ remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
 
 remote_foreground({server})				*remote_foreground()*
 		Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
-		The {server} argument is a string.
+		The {server} argument is a string, also see |{server}|.
 		This works like: >
 			remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
 <		Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
@@ -6681,7 +6686,7 @@ remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])		*remote_peek()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
 		Examples: >
 			:let repl = ""
-			:echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
+			:echo "PEEK: " .. remote_peek(id, "repl") .. ": " .. repl
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerId()->remote_peek()
@@ -6701,12 +6706,17 @@ remote_read({serverid}, [{timeout}])			*remote_read()*
 <
 							*remote_send()* *E241*
 remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
-		Send the {string} to {server}.  The string is sent as input
-		keys and the function returns immediately.  At the Vim server
-		the keys are not mapped |:map|.
+		Send the {string} to {server}.  The {server} argument is a
+		string, also see |{server}|.
+
+		The string is sent as input keys and the function returns
+		immediately.  At the Vim server the keys are not mapped
+		|:map|.
+
 		If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a variable
 		and a {serverid} for later use with remote_read() is stored
 		there.
+
 		See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
@@ -6714,12 +6724,12 @@ remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
 		Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
 		up the display.
 		Examples: >
-		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
+		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply " .. file, "serverid") ..
 		 \ remote_read(serverid)
 
 		:autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
 		 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
-		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
+		:echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo " ..
 		 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -6744,7 +6754,7 @@ remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
 		points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
 		See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
 		Example: >
-			:echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
+			:echo "last item: " .. remove(mylist, -1)
 			:call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
 <
 		Use |delete()| to remove a file.
@@ -6760,13 +6770,13 @@ remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])
 		byte as {end} a |Blob| with one byte is returned.  When {end}
 		points to a byte before {idx} this is an error.
 		Example: >
-			:echo "last byte: " . remove(myblob, -1)
+			:echo "last byte: " .. remove(myblob, -1)
 			:call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
 
 remove({dict}, {key})
 		Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key} and return it.
 		Example: >
-			:echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
+			:echo "removed " .. remove(dict, "one")
 <		If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
 
 rename({from}, {to})					*rename()*
@@ -6897,7 +6907,7 @@ screencol()							*screencol()*
 		column inside the command line, which is 1 when the command is
 		executed. To get the cursor position in the file use one of
 		the following mappings: >
-			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom ".screencol()."\n"
+			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom " .. screencol() .. "\n"
 			nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
 			nnoremap GG <Cmd>echom screencol()<CR>
 <
@@ -6921,6 +6931,8 @@ screenpos({winid}, {lnum}, {col})				*screenpos()*
 		as if 'conceallevel' is zero.  You can set the cursor to the
 		right position and use |screencol()| to get the value with
 		|conceal| taken into account.
+		If the position is in a closed fold the screen position of the
+		first character is returned, {col} is not used.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->screenpos(lnum, col)
@@ -7019,7 +7031,7 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])
 		Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
 		    :let n = 1
 		    :while n <= argc()	    " loop over all files in arglist
-		    :  exe "argument " . n
+		    :  exe "argument " .. n
 		    :  " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
 		    :  " first search to find match at start of file
 		    :  normal G$
@@ -7103,11 +7115,11 @@ searchcount([{options}])					*searchcount()*
 			  return printf(' /%s [%d/%d]', @/,
 			  \		result.current, result.total)
 			endfunction
-			let &statusline .= '%{LastSearchCount()}'
+			let &statusline ..= '%{LastSearchCount()}'
 
 			" Or if you want to show the count only when
 			" 'hlsearch' was on
-			" let &statusline .=
+			" let &statusline ..=
 			" \   '%{v:hlsearch ? LastSearchCount() : ""}'
 <
 		You can also update the search count, which can be useful in a
@@ -7652,10 +7664,12 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setqflist()*
 		    module	name of a module; if given it will be used in
 				quickfix error window instead of the filename.
 		    lnum	line number in the file
+		    end_lnum	end of lines, if the item spans multiple lines
 		    pattern	search pattern used to locate the error
 		    col		column number
 		    vcol	when non-zero: "col" is visual column
 				when zero: "col" is byte index
+		    end_col	end column, if the item spans multiple columns
 		    nr		error number
 		    text	description of the error
 		    type	single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
@@ -7900,7 +7914,7 @@ sha256({string})						*sha256()*
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
 		When the 'shell' contains powershell (MS-Windows) or pwsh
-		(MS-Windows, Linux, and MacOS) then it will enclose {string}
+		(MS-Windows, Linux, and macOS) then it will enclose {string}
 		in single quotes and will double up all internal single
 		quotes.
 		On MS-Windows, when 'shellslash' is not set, it will enclose
@@ -7929,10 +7943,10 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		character inside single quotes.
 
 		Example of use with a |:!| command: >
-		    :exe '!dir ' . shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
+		    :exe '!dir ' .. shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
 <		This results in a directory listing for the file under the
 		cursor.  Example of use with |system()|: >
-		    :call system("chmod +w -- " . shellescape(expand("%")))
+		    :call system("chmod +w -- " .. shellescape(expand("%")))
 <		See also |::S|.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -8019,21 +8033,22 @@ slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])			*slice()*
 			GetList()->slice(offset)
 
 
-sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
+sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.
 
 		If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
 
-<		When {func} is omitted, is empty or zero, then sort() uses the
+<		When {how} is omitted or is an string, then sort() uses the
 		string representation of each item to sort on.  Numbers sort
 		after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.  For sorting text in the
 		current buffer use |:sort|.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is '1' or 'i' then case is
-		ignored.
+		When {how} is given and it is 'i' then case is ignored.
+		In legacy script, for backwards compatibility, the value one
+		can be used to ignore case.  Zero means to not ignore case.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
+		When {how} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
 		locale is used for ordering. Implementation details: strcoll()
 		is used to compare strings. See |:language| check or set the
 		collation locale. |v:collate| can also be used to check the
@@ -8050,19 +8065,19 @@ sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 <			['n', 'o', 'O', 'p', 'z', 'ö'] ~
 		This does not work properly on Mac.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
+		When {how} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: this uses the
 		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
 		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'N' then all items will be
+		When {how} is given and it is 'N' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical. This is like 'n' but a string containing
 		digits will be used as the number they represent.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is 'f' then all items will be
+		When {how} is given and it is 'f' then all items will be
 		sorted numerical. All values must be a Number or a Float.
 
-		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
+		When {how} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
 		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
 		bigger if the first one sorts after the second one, -1 or
@@ -8145,8 +8160,7 @@ sound_playfile({path} [, {callback}])
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSoundPath()->sound_playfile()
 
-<		There is no error *E538* , but  can listen to 538.nl.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
+<		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
 
 
 sound_stop({id})					*sound_stop()*
@@ -8704,7 +8718,7 @@ substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		When {sub} starts with "\=", the remainder is interpreted as
 		an expression. See |sub-replace-expression|.  Example: >
 		   :echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)',
-			   \ '\=nr2char("0x" . submatch(1))', 'g')
+			   \ '\=nr2char("0x" .. submatch(1))', 'g')
 
 <		When {sub} is a Funcref that function is called, with one
 		optional argument.  Example: >
@@ -8712,7 +8726,7 @@ substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 <		The optional argument is a list which contains the whole
 		matched string and up to nine submatches, like what
 		|submatch()| returns.  Example: >
-		   :echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', {m -> '0x' . m[1]}, 'g')
+		   :echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', {m -> '0x' .. m[1]}, 'g')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetString()->substitute(pat, sub, flags)
@@ -8901,8 +8915,8 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		This is not to be used for interactive commands.
 
 		The result is a String.  Example: >
-		    :let files = system("ls " .  shellescape(expand('%:h')))
-		    :let files = system('ls ' . expand('%:h:S'))
+		    :let files = system('ls ' .. shellescape(expand('%:h')))
+		    :let files = system('ls ' .. expand('%:h:S'))
 
 <		To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
 		is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
@@ -9083,7 +9097,7 @@ tempname()					*tempname()* *temp-file-name*
 		doesn't exist.  It can be used for a temporary file.  The name
 		is different for at least 26 consecutive calls.  Example: >
 			:let tmpfile = tempname()
-			:exe "redir > " . tmpfile
+			:exe "redir > " .. tmpfile
 <		For Unix, the file will be in a private directory |tempfile|.
 		For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
 		option is set, or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-' and
@@ -9280,7 +9294,7 @@ trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])				*trim()*
 		Examples: >
 			echo trim("   some text ")
 <		returns "some text" >
-			echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") . "_TAIL"
+			echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") .. "_TAIL"
 <		returns "RESERVE_TAIL" >
 			echo trim("rm<Xrm<>X>rrm", "rm<>")
 <		returns "Xrm<>X" (characters in the middle are not removed) >
@@ -9471,7 +9485,7 @@ visualmode([{expr}])						*visualmode()*
 		character-wise, line-wise, or block-wise Visual mode
 		respectively.
 		Example: >
-			:exe "normal " . visualmode()
+			:exe "normal " .. visualmode()
 <		This enters the same Visual mode as before.  It is also useful
 		in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
 		Visual mode that was used.
@@ -9675,7 +9689,7 @@ winheight({nr})						*winheight()*
 		An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
 		This excludes any window toolbar line.
 		Examples: >
-  :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
+  :echo "The current window has " .. winheight(0) .. " lines."
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->winheight()
@@ -9816,7 +9830,7 @@ winwidth({nr})						*winwidth()*
 		returned.  When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
 		An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
 		Examples: >
-  :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
+  :echo "The current window has " .. winwidth(0) .. " columns."
   :if winwidth(0) <= 50
   :  50 wincmd |
   :endif

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -778,11 +778,11 @@ matched pattern is deleted.  The separator after {pattern} can also be left
 out then.  Example: >
 	:%s/TESTING
 This deletes "TESTING" from all lines, but only one per line.
-
-For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed:
+								*E1270*
+For compatibility with Vi these two exceptions are allowed in legacy script:
 "\/{string}/" and "\?{string}?" do the same as "//{string}/r".
 "\&{string}&" does the same as "//{string}/".
-						*pattern-delimiter* *E146*
+				*pattern-delimiter* *E146* *E1241* *E1242*
 Instead of the '/' which surrounds the pattern and replacement string, you can
 use another single-byte character.  This is useful if you want to include a
 '/' in the search pattern or replacement string.  Example: >
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ Consider using a character like "@" or ":".  There is no problem if the result
 of the expression contains the separation character.
 
 Examples: >
-	:s@\n@\="\r" . expand("$HOME") . "\r"@
+	:s@\n@\="\r" .. expand("$HOME") .. "\r"@
 This replaces an end-of-line with a new line containing the value of $HOME. >
 
 	s/E/\="\<Char-0x20ac>"/g
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			in [range] (default: current line |cmdline-ranges|),
 			[into register x].
 
-							*p* *put* *E353*
+						*p* *put* *E353* *E1240*
 ["x]p			Put the text [from register x] after the cursor
 			[count] times.
 
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			the command.  You need to escape the '|' and '"'
 			characters to prevent them from terminating the
 			command.  Example: >
-				:put ='path' . \",/test\"
+				:put ='path' .. \",/test\"
 <			If there is no expression after '=', Vim uses the
 			previous expression.  You can see it with ":dis =".
 

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 28
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ And you should see the message in Vim. You can move the cursor a word forward:
 
 To handle asynchronous communication a callback needs to be used: >
 	func MyHandler(channel, msg)
-	  echo "from the handler: " . a:msg
+	  echo "from the handler: " .. a:msg
 	endfunc
 	call ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello!', {'callback': "MyHandler"})
 Vim will not wait for a response.  Now the server can send the response later
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ When using an IPv6 address, enclose it within square brackets.  E.g.,
 		gets two arguments: the channel and the received message.
 		Example: >
 	func Handle(channel, msg)
-	  echo 'Received: ' . a:msg
+	  echo 'Received: ' .. a:msg
 	endfunc
 	let channel = ch_open("localhost:8765", {"callback": "Handle"})
 <
@@ -1288,18 +1288,18 @@ prompt. >
 	" Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
 	call ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
 
-	" Function handling a line of text has been typed.
+	" Function handling a line of text that has been typed.
 	func TextEntered(text)
 	  " Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
 	  call ch_sendraw(g:shell_job, a:text .. "\n")
 	endfunc
 
-	" Function handling output from the shell: Added above the prompt.
+	" Function handling output from the shell: Add it above the prompt.
 	func GotOutput(channel, msg)
-	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " . a:msg)
+	  call append(line("$") - 1, "- " .. a:msg)
 	endfunc
 
-	" Function handling the shell exist: close the window.
+	" Function handling the shell exits: close the window.
 	func JobExit(job, status)
 	  quit!
 	endfunc
@@ -1310,7 +1310,6 @@ prompt. >
 		\ err_cb: function('GotOutput'),
 		\ exit_cb: function('JobExit'),
 		\ })
-	let shell_ch = job_getchannel(shell_job)
 
 	new
 	set buftype=prompt
@@ -1321,6 +1320,46 @@ prompt. >
 	" start accepting shell commands
 	startinsert
 <
+The same in |Vim9| script: >
+
+	vim9script
+
+	# Create a channel log so we can see what happens.
+	ch_logfile('logfile', 'w')
+
+	var shell_job: job
+
+	# Function handling a line of text that has been typed.
+	def TextEntered(text: string)
+	  # Send the text to a shell with Enter appended.
+	  ch_sendraw(shell_job, text .. "\n")
+	enddef
+
+	# Function handling output from the shell: Add it above the prompt.
+	def GotOutput(channel: channel, msg: string)
+	  append(line("$") - 1, "- " .. msg)
+	enddef
+
+	# Function handling the shell exits: close the window.
+	def JobExit(job: job, status: number)
+	  quit!
+	enddef
+
+	# Start a shell in the background.
+	shell_job = job_start(["/bin/sh"], {
+				 out_cb: GotOutput,
+				 err_cb: GotOutput,
+				 exit_cb: JobExit,
+				 })
+
+	new
+	set buftype=prompt
+	var buf = bufnr('')
+	prompt_setcallback(buf, TextEntered)
+	prompt_setprompt(buf, "shell command: ")
+
+	# start accepting shell commands
+	startinsert
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ CTRL-\ e {expr}						*c_CTRL-\_e*
 		Example: >
 			:cmap <F7> <C-\>eAppendSome()<CR>
 			:func AppendSome()
-			   :let cmd = getcmdline() . " Some()"
+			   :let cmd = getcmdline() .. " Some()"
 			   :" place the cursor on the )
 			   :call setcmdpos(strlen(cmd))
 			   :return cmd
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ If more line specifiers are given than required for the command, the first
 one(s) will be ignored.
 
 Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
-	{number}	an absolute line number
+	{number}	an absolute line number  *E1247*
 	.		the current line			  *:.*
 	$		the last line in the file		  *:$*
 	%		equal to 1,$ (the entire file)		  *:%*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -382,13 +382,13 @@ Example (this does almost the same as 'diffexpr' being empty): >
 	function MyDiff()
 	   let opt = ""
 	   if &diffopt =~ "icase"
-	     let opt = opt . "-i "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-i "
 	   endif
 	   if &diffopt =~ "iwhite"
-	     let opt = opt . "-b "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-b "
 	   endif
-	   silent execute "!diff -a --binary " . opt . v:fname_in . " " . v:fname_new .
-		\  " > " . v:fname_out
+	   silent execute "!diff -a --binary " .. opt .. v:fname_in .. " " .. v:fname_new ..
+		\  " > " .. v:fname_out
 	   redraw!
 	endfunction
 
@@ -445,8 +445,8 @@ Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
 
 	set patchexpr=MyPatch()
 	function MyPatch()
-	   :call system("patch -o " . v:fname_out . " " . v:fname_in .
-	   \  " < " . v:fname_diff)
+	   :call system("patch -o " .. v:fname_out .. " " .. v:fname_in ..
+	   \  " < " .. v:fname_diff)
 	endfunction
 
 Make sure that using the "patch" program doesn't have unwanted side effects.

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
 			Edit {file} always.  Discard any changes to the
 			current buffer.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-
+							*:edit_#* *:e#*
 :e[dit] [++opt] [+cmd] #[count]
 			Edit the [count]th buffer (as shown by |:files|).
 			This command does the same as [count] CTRL-^.  But ":e
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option.  A simple way to avoid this
 is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".
 
 					*starstar-wildcard*
-Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
+Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, macOS and a few other systems.
 This allows searching a directory tree.  This goes up to 100 directories deep.
 Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
 |file-searching|.
@@ -444,9 +444,9 @@ does apply like to other wildcards.
 
 Environment variables in the expression are expanded when evaluating the
 expression, thus this works: >
-	:e `=$HOME . '/.vimrc'`
+	:e `=$HOME .. '/.vimrc'`
 This does not work, $HOME is inside a string and used literally: >
-	:e `='$HOME' . '/.vimrc'`
+	:e `='$HOME' .. '/.vimrc'`
 
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ list of the current window.
 			Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
 
 :[count]arga[dd] {name} ..			*:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
-:[count]arga[dd]
+:[count]arga[dd]						*E1156*
 			Add the {name}s to the argument list.  When {name} is
 			omitted add the current buffer name to the argument
 			list.
@@ -1650,6 +1650,11 @@ If you don't get warned often enough you can use the following command.
 			if it exists now.
 			Once a file has been checked the timestamp is reset,
 			you will not be warned again.
+			Syntax highlighting, marks, diff status,
+			'fileencoding', 'fileformat' and 'binary' options
+			are not changed.  See |v:fcs_choice| to reload these
+			too (for example, if a code formatting tools has
+			changed the file).
 
 :[N]checkt[ime] {filename}
 :[N]checkt[ime] [N]
@@ -1690,7 +1695,7 @@ which version of the file you want to keep.
 
 The accuracy of the time check depends on the filesystem.  On Unix it is
 usually sub-second.  With old file sytems and on MS-Windows it is normally one
-second.  Use has('nanotime') check if sub-second time stamp checks are
+second.  Use `has('nanotime')` to check if sub-second time stamp checks are
 available.
 
 There is one situation where you get the message while there is nothing wrong:
@@ -1772,10 +1777,8 @@ There are three different types of searching:
 	/u/user_x/include
 
 <   Note: If your 'path' setting includes a non-existing directory, Vim will
-   skip the non-existing directory, but continues searching in the parent of
-   the non-existing directory if upwards searching is used.  E.g. when
-   searching "../include" and that doesn't exist, and upward searching is
-   used, also searches in "..".
+   skip the non-existing directory, and also does not search in the parent of
+   the non-existing directory if upwards searching is used.
 
 3) Combined up/downward search:
    If Vim's current path is /u/user_x/work/release and you do >

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 24
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ You will not get an error if you try to change the type of a variable.
 
 
 1.2 Function references ~
-					*Funcref* *E695* *E718* *E1086*
+				*Funcref* *E695* *E718* *E1086* *E1192*
 A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function, the |funcref()|
 function or created with the lambda expression |expr-lambda|.  It can be used
 in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
 	:for [i, j; rest] in listlist
 	:   call Doit(i, j)
 	:   if !empty(rest)
-	:      echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
+	:      echo "remainder: " .. string(rest)
 	:   endif
 	:endfor
 
@@ -498,11 +498,11 @@ Functions that are useful with a List: >
 	:let list = split("a b c")	" create list from items in a string
 	:let string = join(list, ', ')	" create string from list items
 	:let s = string(list)		" String representation of list
-	:call map(list, '">> " . v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
+	:call map(list, '">> " .. v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
 
 Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple.  For
 example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
-	:exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
+	:exe 'let sum = ' .. join(nrlist, '+')
 
 
 1.4 Dictionaries ~
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
 
 Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
 	:for key in keys(mydict)
-	:   echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
+	:   echo key .. ': ' .. mydict[key]
 	:endfor
 
 The List of keys is unsorted.  You may want to sort them first: >
@@ -576,13 +576,13 @@ The List of keys is unsorted.  You may want to sort them first: >
 
 To loop over the values use the |values()| function:  >
 	:for v in values(mydict)
-	:   echo "value: " . v
+	:   echo "value: " .. v
 	:endfor
 
 If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function.  It returns
 a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
 	:for [key, value] in items(mydict)
-	:   echo key . ': ' . value
+	:   echo key .. ': ' .. value
 	:endfor
 
 
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
 	:let small = min(dict)		" minimum value in dict
 	:let xs = count(dict, 'x')	" count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
 	:let s = string(dict)		" String representation of dict
-	:call map(dict, '">> " . v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
+	:call map(dict, '">> " .. v:val')  " prepend ">> " to each item
 
 
 1.5 Blobs ~
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ length minus one is used: >
 
 
 Blob modification ~
-							*blob-modification*
+					*blob-modification* *E1182* *E1184*
 To change a specific byte of a blob use |:let| this way: >
 	:let blob[4] = 0x44
 
@@ -921,13 +921,13 @@ Expression nesting is limited to 1000 levels deep (300 when build with MSVC)
 to avoid running out of stack and crashing. *E1169*
 
 
-expr1				*expr1* *trinary* *falsy-operator* *??* *E109*
+expr1				*expr1* *ternary* *falsy-operator* *??* *E109*
 -----
 
-The trinary operator: expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
+The ternary operator: expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
 The falsy operator:   expr2 ?? expr1
 
-Trinary operator ~
+Ternary operator ~
 
 In legacy script the expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number.  If
 it evaluates to |TRUE|, the result is the value of the expression between the
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not.  The second clause will
 only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
 
 
-expr4							*expr4*
+expr4							*expr4* *E1153*
 -----
 
 expr5 {cmp} expr5
@@ -1176,6 +1176,7 @@ When dividing a Number by zero the result depends on the value:
 	 >0 / 0  =  0x7fffffff	(like positive infinity)
 	 <0 / 0  = -0x7fffffff	(like negative infinity)
 	(before Vim 7.2 it was always 0x7fffffff)
+In |Vim9| script dividing a number by zero is an error.	*E1154*
 
 When 64-bit Number support is enabled:
 	  0 / 0  = -0x8000000000000000	(like NaN for Float)
@@ -1243,7 +1244,7 @@ recognize multibyte encodings, see `byteidx()` for an alternative, or use
 byte under the cursor: >
 	:let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
 
-In |Vim9| script:
+In |Vim9| script:					*E1147* *E1148*
 If expr9 is a String this results in a String that contains the expr1'th
 single character (including any composing characters) from expr9.  To use byte
 indexes use |strpart()|.
@@ -1323,7 +1324,7 @@ for a sublist: >
 
 
 expr9.name		entry in a |Dictionary|		*expr-entry*
-
+							*E1203* *E1229*
 If expr9 is a |Dictionary| and it is followed by a dot, then the following
 name will be used as a key in the |Dictionary|.  This is just like:
 expr9[name].
@@ -1350,7 +1351,7 @@ When expr9 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
 
 expr9->name([args])	method call			*method* *->*
 expr9->{lambda}([args])
-							*E260* *E276*
+							*E260* *E276* *E1265*
 For methods that are also available as global functions this is the same as: >
 	name(expr9 [, args])
 There can also be methods specifically for the type of "expr9".
@@ -1370,7 +1371,7 @@ And NOT: >
 	-(1.234->string())
 
 What comes after "->" can be a name, a simple expression (not containing any
-parenthesis), or any expression in parenthesis: >
+parenthesis), or any expression in parentheses: >
 	base->name(args)
 	base->some.name(args)
 	base->alist[idx](args)
@@ -1529,7 +1530,7 @@ option						*expr-option* *E112* *E113*
 &l:option		local option value
 
 Examples: >
-	echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
+	echo "tabstop is " .. &tabstop
 	if &insertmode
 
 Any option name can be used here.  See |options|.  When using the local value
@@ -1819,7 +1820,7 @@ maintain a counter: >
 	  echo "script executed for the first time"
 	else
 	  let s:counter = s:counter + 1
-	  echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
+	  echo "script executed " .. s:counter .. " times now"
 	endif
 
 Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
@@ -1833,6 +1834,7 @@ Some variables can be set by the user, but the type cannot be changed.
 					*v:argv* *argv-variable*
 v:argv		The command line arguments Vim was invoked with.  This is a
 		list of strings.  The first item is the Vim command.
+		See |v:progpath| for the command with full path.
 
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
@@ -1954,7 +1956,7 @@ v:completed_item
 					*v:count* *count-variable*
 v:count		The count given for the last Normal mode command.  Can be used
 		to get the count before a mapping.  Read-only.  Example: >
-	:map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
+	:map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " .. v:count<CR>
 <		Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
 		get when typing ':' after a count.
 		When there are two counts, as in "3d2w", they are multiplied,
@@ -2069,6 +2071,11 @@ v:fcs_choice	What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
 		do with the affected buffer:
 			reload		Reload the buffer (does not work if
 					the file was deleted).
+			edit		Reload the buffer and detect the
+					values for options such as
+					'fileformat', 'fileencoding', 'binary'
+					(does not work if the file was
+					deleted).
 			ask		Ask the user what to do, as if there
 					was no autocommand.  Except that when
 					only the timestamp changed nothing
@@ -2176,7 +2183,8 @@ v:lnum		Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr|, 'formatexpr' and
 
 						*v:maxcol* *maxcol-variable*
 v:maxcol	Maximum line length.  Depending on where it is used it can be
-		screen columns, characters or bytes.
+		screen columns, characters or bytes.  The value currently is
+		2147483647 on all systems.
 
 					*v:mouse_win* *mouse_win-variable*
 v:mouse_win	Window number for a mouse click obtained with |getchar()|.
@@ -2208,6 +2216,8 @@ v:none		An empty String. Used to put an empty item in JSON.  See
 <			v:none ~
 		That is so that eval() can parse the string back to the same
 		value.  Read-only.
+		Note that using `== v:none` and `!= v:none`  will often give
+		an error.  Instead, use `is v:none` and `isnot v:none` .
 
 					*v:null* *null-variable*
 v:null		An empty String. Used to put "null" in JSON.  See
@@ -2218,7 +2228,10 @@ v:null		An empty String. Used to put "null" in JSON.  See
 <			v:null ~
 		That is so that eval() can parse the string back to the same
 		value.  Read-only.
-		In |Vim9| script "null" can be used without "v:".
+		In |Vim9| script `null` can be used without "v:".
+		In some places `v:null` and `null` can be used for a List,
+		Dict, Job, etc. that is not set.  That is slightly different
+		than an empty List, Dict, etc.
 
 					*v:numbermax* *numbermax-variable*
 v:numbermax	Maximum value of a number.
@@ -2694,7 +2707,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			implies that the effect of |:nohlsearch| is undone
 			when the function returns.
 
-				*:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193* *W22*
+			*:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193* *W22* *E1151*
 :endf[unction] [argument]
 			The end of a function definition.  Best is to put it
 			on a line by its own, without [argument].
@@ -2822,9 +2835,9 @@ Example: >
   :  echohl Title
   :  echo a:title
   :  echohl None
-  :  echo a:0 . " items:"
+  :  echo a:0 .. " items:"
   :  for s in a:000
-  :    echon ' ' . s
+  :    echon ' ' .. s
   :  endfor
   :endfunction
 
@@ -2867,7 +2880,7 @@ This function can then be called with: >
 		this works:
 						*function-range-example*  >
 	:function Mynumber(arg)
-	:  echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
+	:  echo line(".") .. " " .. a:arg
 	:endfunction
 	:1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
 <
@@ -2878,7 +2891,7 @@ This function can then be called with: >
 		Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
 
 	:function Cont() range
-	:  execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
+	:  execute (a:firstline + 1) .. "," .. a:lastline .. 's/^/\t\\ '
 	:endfunction
 	:4,8call Cont()
 <
@@ -2995,8 +3008,9 @@ Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
 other and vice versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
 Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
 
-In |Vim9| script you will get error *E1263* if you use a function name with a
-"#" character when not in an autoload script.
+In |Vim9| script you will get error *E1263* if you define a function with
+a "#" character in the name.  You should use a name without "#" and use
+`:export`.
 
 Hint: If you distribute a bunch of scripts you can pack them together with the
 |vimball| utility.  Also read the user manual |distribute-script|.
@@ -3069,12 +3083,12 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 			This cannot be used to add an item to a |List|.
 			This cannot be used to set a byte in a String.  You
 			can do that like this: >
-				:let var = var[0:2] . 'X' . var[4:]
+				:let var = var[0:2] .. 'X' .. var[4:]
 <			When {var-name} is a |Blob| then {idx} can be the
 			length of the blob, in which case one byte is
 			appended.
 
-							*E711* *E719*
+					*E711* *E719* *E1165* *E1166* *E1183*
 :let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1}		*E708* *E709* *E710*
 			Set a sequence of items in a |List| to the result of
 			the expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
@@ -3139,7 +3153,7 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 			is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
 			value and the global value are changed.
 			Example: >
-				:let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
+				:let &path = &path .. ',/usr/local/include'
 <			This also works for terminal codes in the form t_xx.
 			But only for alphanumerical names.  Example: >
 				:let &t_k1 = "\<Esc>[234;"
@@ -3410,19 +3424,22 @@ text...
 			See |deepcopy()|.
 
 
-:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ...			*:unlockvar* *:unlo*
+:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ...		*:unlockvar* *:unlo* *E1246*
 			Unlock the internal variable {name}.  Does the
 			opposite of |:lockvar|.
 
 :if {expr1}			*:if* *:end* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
-:en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
-			or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
+:en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching `:else`
+			or `:endif` if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
+			Although the short forms work, it is recommended to
+			always use `:endif` to avoid confusion and to make
+			auto-indenting work properly.
 
 			From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
-			between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored.  These two
+			between the `:if` and `:endif` is ignored.  These two
 			commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
 			backward compatible way.  Nesting was allowed.  Note
-			that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
+			that any `:else` or `:elseif` was ignored, the `else`
 			part was not executed either.
 
 			You can use this to remain compatible with older
@@ -3431,32 +3448,38 @@ text...
 				:  version-5-specific-commands
 				:endif
 <			The commands still need to be parsed to find the
-			"endif".  Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
-			new command.  For example, ":silent" is recognized as
-			a ":substitute" command.  In that case ":execute" can
+			`endif`.  Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
+			new command.  For example, `:silent` is recognized as
+			a `:substitute` command.  In that case `:execute` can
 			avoid problems: >
 				:if version >= 600
 				:  execute "silent 1,$delete"
 				:endif
 <
-			NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
-			properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
+			In |Vim9| script `:endif` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+			NOTE: The `:append` and `:insert` commands don't work
+			properly in between `:if` and `:endif`.
 
 						*:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
-:el[se]			Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
-			or ":endif" if they previously were not being
+:el[se]			Execute the commands until the next matching `:else`
+			or `:endif` if they previously were not being
 			executed.
+			In |Vim9| script `:else` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 					*:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
-:elsei[f] {expr1}	Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
-			is no extra ":endif".
+:elsei[f] {expr1}	Short for `:else` `:if`, with the addition that there
+			is no extra `:endif`.
+			In |Vim9| script `:elseif` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 :wh[ile] {expr1}			*:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
 						*E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
-:endw[hile]		Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
+:endw[hile]		Repeat the commands between `:while` and `:endwhile`,
 			as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
 			When an error is detected from a command inside the
-			loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
+			loop, execution continues after the `endwhile`.
 			Example: >
 				:let lnum = 1
 				:while lnum <= line("$")
@@ -3464,14 +3487,16 @@ text...
 				   :let lnum = lnum + 1
 				:endwhile
 <
-			NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
-			properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
+			In |Vim9| script `:while`  and `:endwhile` cannot be
+			shortened, to improve script readability.
+			NOTE: The `:append` and `:insert` commands don't work
+			properly inside a `:while` and `:for` loop.
 
 :for {var} in {object}					*:for* *E690* *E732*
 :endfo[r]						*:endfo* *:endfor*
-			Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
+			Repeat the commands between `:for` and `:endfor` for
 			each item in {object}.  {object} can be a |List| or
-			a |Blob|.
+			a |Blob|. *E1177*
 
 			Variable {var} is set to the value of each item.
 			In |Vim9| script the loop variable must not have been
@@ -3479,7 +3504,7 @@ text...
 			global/window/tab/buffer variable.
 
 			When an error is detected for a command inside the
-			loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
+			loop, execution continues after the `endfor`.
 			Changing {object} inside the loop affects what items
 			are used.  Make a copy if this is unwanted: >
 				:for item in copy(mylist)
@@ -3504,9 +3529,12 @@ text...
 			iterate over.  Unlike with |List|, modifying the
 			|Blob| does not affect the iteration.
 
+			In |Vim9| script `:endfor` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+
 :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
 :endfo[r]							*E1140*
-			Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
+			Like `:for` above, but each item in {listlist} must be
 			a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
 			{var2}, etc.  Example: >
 				:for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
@@ -3514,39 +3542,44 @@ text...
 				:endfor
 <
 						*:continue* *:con* *E586*
-:con[tinue]		When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
+:con[tinue]		When used inside a `:while` or `:for` loop, jumps back
 			to the start of the loop.
-			If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
-			before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
-			commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
-			|:endtry| are executed first.  This process applies to
-			all nested ":try"s inside the loop.  The outermost
-			":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
+			If it is used after a `:try` inside the loop but
+			before the matching `:finally` (if present), the
+			commands following the `:finally` up to the matching
+			`:endtry` are executed first.  This process applies to
+			all nested `:try`s inside the loop.  The outermost
+			`:endtry` then jumps back to the start of the loop.
 
+			In |Vim9| script `:cont` is the shortest form, to
+			improve script readability.
 						*:break* *:brea* *E587*
-:brea[k]		When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
-			the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
-			":endfor".
-			If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
-			before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
-			commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
-			|:endtry| are executed first.  This process applies to
-			all nested ":try"s inside the loop.  The outermost
-			":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
+:brea[k]		When used inside a `:while` or `:for` loop, skips to
+			the command after the matching `:endwhile` or
+			`:endfor`.
+			If it is used after a `:try` inside the loop but
+			before the matching `:finally` (if present), the
+			commands following the `:finally` up to the matching
+			`:endtry` are executed first.  This process applies to
+			all nested `:try`s inside the loop.  The outermost
+			`:endtry` then jumps to the command after the loop.
+
+			In |Vim9| script `:break` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 :try						*:try* *:endt* *:endtry*
 						*E600* *E601* *E602* *E1032*
 :endt[ry]		Change the error handling for the commands between
-			":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
-			executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
+			`:try` and `:endtry` including everything being
+			executed across `:source` commands, function calls,
 			or autocommand invocations.
 
 			When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
-			a |:finally| command following, execution continues
-			after the ":finally".  Otherwise, or when the
-			":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
-			(dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
-			a corresponding ":finally" etc.  Then the script
+			a `:finally` command following, execution continues
+			after the `:finally`.  Otherwise, or when the
+			`:endtry` is reached thereafter, the next
+			(dynamically) surrounding `:try` is checked for
+			a corresponding `:finally` etc.  Then the script
 			processing is terminated.  Whether a function
 			definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.
 			Example: >
@@ -3554,9 +3587,9 @@ text...
 		echomsg "not reached"
 <
 			Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
-			":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception.  It
-			can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
-			command (see |:catch|).  In this case, the script
+			`:try` and `:endtry` is converted to an exception.  It
+			can be caught as if it were thrown by a `:throw`
+			command (see `:catch`).  In this case, the script
 			processing is not terminated.
 
 			The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
@@ -3571,13 +3604,16 @@ text...
 		try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
 		try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
 <
+			In |Vim9| script `:endtry` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+
 					*:cat* *:catch*
 					*E603* *E604* *E605* *E654* *E1033*
-:cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next |:catch|,
-			|:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
-			|:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
+:cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next `:catch`,
+			`:finally`, or `:endtry` that belongs to the same
+			`:try` as the `:catch` are executed when an exception
 			matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
-			been caught by a previous ":catch".  Otherwise, these
+			been caught by a previous `:catch`.  Otherwise, these
 			commands are skipped.
 			When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
 			Examples: >
@@ -3599,29 +3635,35 @@ text...
 			NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
 			an error message because it may vary in different
 			locales.
+			In |Vim9| script `:catch` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
 
 					*:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
-:fina[lly]		The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
+:fina[lly]		The following commands until the matching `:endtry`
 			are executed whenever the part between the matching
-			|:try| and the ":finally" is left:  either by falling
-			through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
-			|:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
-			interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
+			`:try` and the `:finally` is left:  either by falling
+			through to the `:finally` or by a `:continue`,
+			`:break`, `:finish`, or `:return`, or by an error or
+			interrupt or exception (see `:throw`).
+
+			In |Vim9| script `:finally` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability and avoid confusion with
+			`:final`.
 
 						*:th* *:throw* *E608* *E1129*
 :th[row] {expr1}	The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
-			If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
-			first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
-			until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
-			If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
-			used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
-			commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
-			the matching |:endtry| are executed.  If the ":throw"
-			is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
+			If the ":throw" is used after a `:try` but before the
+			first corresponding `:catch`, commands are skipped
+			until the first `:catch` matching {expr1} is reached.
+			If there is no such `:catch` or if the ":throw" is
+			used after a `:catch` but before the `:finally`, the
+			commands following the `:finally` (if present) up to
+			the matching `:endtry` are executed.  If the `:throw`
+			is after the `:finally`, commands up to the `:endtry`
 			are skipped.  At the ":endtry", this process applies
-			again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
+			again for the next dynamically surrounding `:try`
 			(which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
-			script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
+			script), until a matching `:catch` has been found.
 			If the exception is not caught, the command processing
 			is terminated.
 			Example: >
@@ -3630,13 +3672,16 @@ text...
 			for when an error causes the parsing to skip the whole
 			line and not see the "|" that separates the commands.
 
+			In |Vim9| script `:throw` cannot be shortened, to
+			improve script readability.
+
 							*:ec* *:echo*
 :ec[ho] {expr1} ..	Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between.  The
 			first {expr1} starts on a new line.
 			Also see |:comment|.
 			Use "\n" to start a new line.  Use "\r" to move the
 			cursor to the first column.
-			Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
+			Uses the highlighting set by the `:echohl` command.
 			Cannot be followed by a comment.
 			Example: >
 		:echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
@@ -3645,21 +3690,21 @@ text...
 			And since Vim mostly postpones redrawing until it's
 			finished with a sequence of commands this happens
 			quite often.  To avoid that a command from before the
-			":echo" causes a redraw afterwards (redraws are often
+			`:echo` causes a redraw afterwards (redraws are often
 			postponed until you type something), force a redraw
-			with the |:redraw| command.  Example: >
+			with the `:redraw` command.  Example: >
 		:new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
 <
 							*:echon*
 :echon {expr1} ..	Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added.  Also see
 			|:comment|.
-			Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
+			Uses the highlighting set by the `:echohl` command.
 			Cannot be followed by a comment.
 			Example: >
 				:echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
 <
-			Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
-			Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
+			Note the difference between using `:echo`, which is a
+			Vim command, and `:!echo`, which is an external shell
 			command: >
 		:!echo %		--> filename
 <			The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
@@ -3675,8 +3720,8 @@ text...
 
 							*:echoh* *:echohl*
 :echoh[l] {name}	Use the highlight group {name} for the following
-			|:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands.  Also used
-			for the |input()| prompt.  Example: >
+			`:echo`, `:echon` and `:echomsg` commands.  Also used
+			for the `input()` prompt.  Example: >
 		:echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
 <			Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
 			otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
@@ -3685,14 +3730,14 @@ text...
 :echom[sg] {expr1} ..	Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
 			message in the |message-history|.
 			Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
-			|:echo| command.  But unprintable characters are
+			`:echo` command.  But unprintable characters are
 			displayed, not interpreted.
-			The parsing works slightly different from |:echo|,
-			more like |:execute|.  All the expressions are first
+			The parsing works slightly different from `:echo`,
+			more like `:execute`.  All the expressions are first
 			evaluated and concatenated before echoing anything.
 			If expressions does not evaluate to a Number or
 			String, string() is used to turn it into a string.
-			Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
+			Uses the highlighting set by the `:echohl` command.
 			Example: >
 		:echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
 <			See |:echo-redraw| to avoid the message disappearing
@@ -3702,12 +3747,12 @@ text...
 			message in the |message-history|.  When used in a
 			script or function the line number will be added.
 			Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
-			|:echomsg| command.  When used inside a try conditional,
+			`:echomsg` command.  When used inside a try conditional,
 			the message is raised as an error exception instead
 			(see |try-echoerr|).
 			Example: >
 		:echoerr "This script just failed!"
-<			If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
+<			If you just want a highlighted message use `:echohl`.
 			And to get a beep: >
 		:exe "normal \<Esc>"
 
@@ -3725,6 +3770,9 @@ text...
 			the `append()` call appends the List with text to the
 			buffer.  This is similar to `:call` but works with any
 			expression.
+			In |Vim9| script an expression without an effect will
+			result in error *E1207* .  This should help noticing
+			mistakes.
 
 			The command can be shortened to `:ev` or `:eva`, but
 			these are hard to recognize and therefore not to be
@@ -4017,7 +4065,7 @@ exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
 
 	:function! Caught()
 	:  if v:exception != ""
-	:    echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
+	:    echo 'Caught "' . v:exception .. '" in ' .. v:throwpoint
 	:  else
 	:    echo 'Nothing caught'
 	:  endif
@@ -4420,8 +4468,8 @@ a script in order to catch unexpected things.
 	:catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
 	:    echo "Script interrupted"
 	:catch /.*/
-	:  echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
-	:  echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
+	:  echo "Internal error (" .. v:exception .. ")"
+	:  echo " - occurred at " .. v:throwpoint
 	:endtry
 	:" end of script
 
@@ -4617,7 +4665,7 @@ parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
 
 	:function! CheckRange(a, func)
 	:  if a:a < 0
-	:    throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
+	:    throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" .. a:func .. ")"
 	:  endif
 	:endfunction
 	:
@@ -4644,7 +4692,7 @@ parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
 	:  try
 	:    execute "write" fnameescape(a:file)
 	:  catch /^Vim(write):/
-	:    throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
+	:    throw "EXCEPT:IO(" .. getcwd() .. ", " .. a:file .. "):WRITEERR"
 	:  endtry
 	:endfunction
 	:
@@ -4663,9 +4711,9 @@ parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
 	:  let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
 	:  let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
 	:  if file !~ '^/'
-	:    let file = dir . "/" . file
+	:    let file = dir .. "/" .. file
 	:  endif
-	:  echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
+	:  echo 'I/O error for "' .. file .. '"'
 	:
 	:catch /^EXCEPT/
 	:  echo "Unspecified error"
@@ -4733,7 +4781,7 @@ clauses, however, is executed.
 	:    echo "inner finally"
 	:  endtry
 	:catch
-	:  echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
+	:  echo 'outer catch-all caught "' .. v:exception .. '"'
 	:  finally
 	:    echo "outer finally"
 	:endtry
@@ -4795,7 +4843,7 @@ Printing in Binary ~
   :  let n = a:nr
   :  let r = ""
   :  while n
-  :    let r = '01'[n % 2] . r
+  :    let r = '01'[n % 2] .. r
   :    let n = n / 2
   :  endwhile
   :  return r
@@ -4806,7 +4854,7 @@ Printing in Binary ~
   :func String2Bin(str)
   :  let out = ''
   :  for ix in range(strlen(a:str))
-  :    let out = out . '-' . Nr2Bin(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
+  :    let out = out .. '-' .. Nr2Bin(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
   :  endfor
   :  return out[1:]
   :endfunc
@@ -4892,6 +4940,9 @@ explicit the |:scriptversion| command can be used.  When a Vim script is not
 compatible with older versions of Vim this will give an explicit error,
 instead of failing in mysterious ways.
 
+When using a legacy function, defined with `:function`, in |Vim9| script then
+scriptversion 4 is used.
+
 							*scriptversion-1*  >
  :scriptversion 1
 <	This is the original Vim script, same as not using a |:scriptversion|

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.asm		g:asmsyntax	|ft-asm-syntax|
 	*.asp		g:filetype_asp	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
 	*.bas		g:filetype_bas	|ft-basic-syntax|
+	*.frm		g:filetype_frm	|ft-form-syntax|
 	*.fs		g:filetype_fs	|ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.inc		g:filetype_inc

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
     :function MyFoldText()
     :  let line = getline(v:foldstart)
     :  let sub = substitute(line, '/\*\|\*/\|{{{\d\=', '', 'g')
-    :  return v:folddashes . sub
+    :  return v:folddashes .. sub
     :endfunction
 
 Evaluating 'foldtext' is done in the |sandbox|.  The current window is set to

runtime/doc/ft_raku.txt

@@ -47,20 +47,20 @@ Numbers, subscripts and superscripts are available with 's' and 'S':
 
 But some don't come defined by default. Those are digraph definitions you can
 add in your ~/.vimrc file. >
-	exec 'digraph \\ '.char2nr('∖')
-	exec 'digraph \< '.char2nr('≼')
-	exec 'digraph \> '.char2nr('≽')
-	exec 'digraph (L '.char2nr('⊈')
-	exec 'digraph )L '.char2nr('⊉')
-	exec 'digraph (/ '.char2nr('⊄')
-	exec 'digraph )/ '.char2nr('⊅')
-	exec 'digraph )/ '.char2nr('⊅')
-	exec 'digraph U+ '.char2nr('⊎')
-	exec 'digraph 0- '.char2nr('⊖')
+	exec 'digraph \\ ' .. char2nr('∖')
+	exec 'digraph \< ' .. char2nr('≼')
+	exec 'digraph \> ' .. char2nr('≽')
+	exec 'digraph (L ' .. char2nr('⊈')
+	exec 'digraph )L ' .. char2nr('⊉')
+	exec 'digraph (/ ' .. char2nr('⊄')
+	exec 'digraph )/ ' .. char2nr('⊅')
+	exec 'digraph )/ ' .. char2nr('⊅')
+	exec 'digraph U+ ' .. char2nr('⊎')
+	exec 'digraph 0- ' .. char2nr('⊖')
 	" Euler's constant
-	exec 'digraph ne '.char2nr('𝑒')
+	exec 'digraph ne ' .. char2nr('𝑒')
 	" Raku's atomic operations marker
-	exec 'digraph @@ '.char2nr('⚛')
+	exec 'digraph @@ ' .. char2nr('⚛')
 
 Alternatively, you can write Insert mode abbreviations that convert ASCII-
 based operators into their single-character Unicode equivalent. >

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ behavior of the plugin.
 g:rustc_path~
 	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
 	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
-	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME."/bin/rustc"
+	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME .. "/bin/rustc"
 <
 
                                                   *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
 	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
 	source files: >
-	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME.'/dev/rust'
+	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME .. '/dev/rust'
 <
 
                                                        *g:rustfmt_command*

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ must be configurable.  The filetype plugin attempts to define many of the
 standard objects, plus many additional ones.  In order to make this as
 flexible as possible, you can override the list of objects from within your
 |vimrc| with the following: >
-    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,table,trigger' .
-		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,table,trigger' ..
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' ..
 		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
 
 The following |Normal| mode and |Visual| mode maps have been created which use
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ Repeatedly pressing ]} will cycle through each of these create statements: >
     create index i1 on t1 (c1);
 
 The default setting for g:ftplugin_sql_objects is: >
-    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' .
-		\ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' .
-		\ 'table,trigger' .
-		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' .
+    let g:ftplugin_sql_objects = 'function,procedure,event,' ..
+		\ '\\(existing\\\\|global\\s\\+temporary\\s\\+\\)\\\{,1}' ..
+		\ 'table,trigger' ..
+		\ ',schema,service,publication,database,datatype,domain' ..
 		\ ',index,subscription,synchronization,view,variable'
 
 The above will also handle these cases: >

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jun 27
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,7 +147,8 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 						    *:win* *:winsize* *E465*
 :win[size] {width} {height}
 		Set the window height to {width} by {height} characters.
-		Obsolete, use ":set lines=11 columns=22".
+		It is recommended to use `:set lines=11 columns=22` instead,
+		since it's easy to see what the numbers mean.
 		If you get less lines than expected, check the 'guiheadroom'
 		option.
 
@@ -155,8 +156,8 @@ If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
 window Vim is running in with these commands: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
 	:!xprop -id $WINDOWID
-	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' . v:windowid
-	:execute '!xprop -id ' . v:windowid
+	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' .. v:windowid
+	:execute '!xprop -id ' .. v:windowid
 <
 							*gui-IME* *iBus*
 Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 26
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ Versions ~
 |version6.txt|	Differences between Vim version 5.7 and 6.x
 |version7.txt|	Differences between Vim version 6.4 and 7.x
 |version8.txt|	Differences between Vim version 7.4 and 8.x
+|version9.txt|	Differences between Vim version 8.2 and 9.0
 						*sys-file-list*
 Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 12
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
 |+python3| feature.
 Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 
+NOTE: Python 2 is old and no longer being developed.  Using Python 3 is highly
+recommended.  Python 2 support will be dropped when it does not work properly
+anymore.
+
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*
 
@@ -65,7 +69,7 @@ There is no need to import sys, it's done by default.
 
 							*python-environment*
 Environment variables set in Vim are not always available in Python.  This
-depends on how Vim and Python were build.  Also see
+depends on how Vim and Python were built.  Also see
 https://docs.python.org/3/library/os.html#os.environ
 
 Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
@@ -834,6 +838,19 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
 Raising SystemExit exception in python isn't endorsed way to quit vim, use: >
 	:py vim.command("qall!")
 <
+							*E1266*
+This error can occur when python 3 cannot load the required modules.  This
+means that your python 3 is not correctly installed or there are some mistakes
+in your settings.  Please check the following items:
+1. Make sure that python 3 is correctly installed.  Also check the version of
+   python.
+2. Check the 'pythonthreedll' option.
+3. Check the 'pythonthreehome' option.
+4. Check the PATH environment variable if you don't set 'pythonthreedll'.
+   On MS-Windows, you can use where.exe to check which dll will be loaded.
+   E.g. >
+	where.exe python310.dll
+5. Check the PYTHONPATH and PYTHONHOME environment variables.
 
 							*has-python*
 You can test what Python version is available with: >
@@ -910,7 +927,7 @@ The `:pyxdo` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 							*has-pythonx*
 You can test if pyx* commands are available with: >
 	if has('pythonx')
-	  echo 'pyx* commands are available. (Python ' . &pyx . ')'
+	  echo 'pyx* commands are available. (Python ' .. &pyx .. ')'
 	endif
 
 When compiled with only one of |+python| or |+python3|, the has() returns 1.

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -778,6 +778,15 @@ You can set the indent for the first line after <script> and <style>
       "auto"	auto indent (same indent as the blocktag)
       "inc"	auto indent + one indent step
 
+You can set the indent for attributes after an open <tag line: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_attribute = 1
+<
+      VALUE	MEANING ~
+      1		auto indent, one indent step more than <tag
+      2		auto indent, two indent steps (default)
+      > 2	auto indent, more indent steps
+
 Many tags increase the indent for what follows per default (see "Add Indent
 Tags" in the script).  You can add further tags with: >
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:&|		:&		repeat last ":substitute"
 |:star|		:*		execute contents of a register
 |:<|		:<		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' left
-|:=|		:=		print the cursor line number
+|:=|		:=		print the last line number
 |:>|		:>		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' right
 |:@|		:@		execute contents of a register
 |:@@|		:@@		repeat the previous ":@"
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 				be remapped
 |:args|		:ar[gs]		print the argument list
 |:argadd|	:arga[dd]	add items to the argument list
-:argdedupe	:argdedupe	remove duplicates from the argument list
+|:argdedupe|	:argded[upe]	remove duplicates from the argument list
 |:argdelete|	:argd[elete]	delete items from the argument list
 |:argedit|	:arge[dit]	add item to the argument list and edit it
 |:argdo|	:argdo		do a command on all items in the argument list

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 29
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ start	    allow backspacing over the start position of insert; CTRL-W and
 When 'backspace' is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used.  You cannot
 backspace over autoindent, before column 1 or before where insert started.
 
-For backwards compatibility the values "0", "1" and "2" are also allowed, see
-|'backspace'|.
+For backwards compatibility the values "0", "1", "2" and "3" are also allowed,
+see |'backspace'|.
 
 If the 'backspace' option does contain "eol" and the cursor is in column 1
 when one of the three keys is used, the current line is joined with the
@@ -818,6 +818,7 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-K		Search the files given with the 'dictionary' option
 			the 'dictionary' option is empty.
 			For suggestions where to find a list of words, see the
 			'dictionary' option.
+			'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and 'infercase' apply.
 
 	CTRL-K	or
 	CTRL-N		Search forward for next matching keyword.  This
@@ -879,9 +880,9 @@ Groß): >
       endif
       let res = []
       let h = ''
-      for l in systemlist('aiksaurus '.shellescape(a:base))
+      for l in systemlist('aiksaurus ' .. shellescape(a:base))
 	if l[:3] == '=== '
-	  let h = '('.substitute(l[4:], ' =*$', ')', '')
+	  let h = '(' .. substitute(l[4:], ' =*$', ')', '')
 	elseif l ==# 'Alphabetically similar known words are: '
 	  let h = "\U0001f52e"
 	elseif l[0] =~ '\a' || (h ==# "\U0001f52e" && l[0] ==# "\t")
@@ -1266,7 +1267,7 @@ An example that completes the names of the months: >
 	    " find months matching with "a:base"
 	    let res = []
 	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+	      if m =~ '^' .. a:base
 		call add(res, m)
 	      endif
 	    endfor
@@ -1288,7 +1289,7 @@ The same, but now pretending searching for matches is slow: >
 	  else
 	    " find months matching with "a:base"
 	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+	      if m =~ '^' .. a:base
 		call complete_add(m)
 	      endif
 	      sleep 300m	" simulate searching for next match

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Sep 29
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -701,7 +701,8 @@ Q			Switch to "Ex" mode.  This is a bit like typing ":"
 			Use the ":vi" command |:visual| to exit "Ex" mode.
 			Note: In older versions of Vim "Q" formatted text,
 			that is now done with |gq|.  But if you use the
-			|vimrc_example.vim| script "Q" works like "gq".
+			|vimrc_example.vim| script or |defaults.vim|, "Q"
+			works like "gq".  Except for Select mode.
 
 					*gQ*
 gQ			Switch to "Ex" mode like with "Q", but really behave

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -80,6 +80,8 @@ modes.
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
 			used to redefine a command.
+			Note: When <Plug> appears in the {rhs} this part is
+			always applied even if remapping is disallowed.
 
 
 :unm[ap]  {lhs}			|mapmode-nvo|		*:unm*  *:unmap*
@@ -314,7 +316,7 @@ Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 
 	func ListItem()
 	  let g:counter += 1
-	  return g:counter . '. '
+	  return g:counter .. '. '
 	endfunc
 
 	func ListReset()
@@ -387,7 +389,7 @@ contain special characters like function keys.
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
 			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
 
-There are six sets of mappings
+There are seven sets of mappings
 - For Normal mode: When typing commands.
 - For Visual mode: When typing commands while the Visual area is highlighted.
 - For Select mode: like Visual mode but typing text replaces the selection.
@@ -395,6 +397,7 @@ There are six sets of mappings
   etc.).  See below: |omap-info|.
 - For Insert mode.  These are also used in Replace mode.
 - For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.
+- For Terminal mode: When typing in a |:terminal| buffer.
 
 Special case: While typing a count for a command in Normal mode, mapping zero
 is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
@@ -1444,7 +1447,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 
 Command attributes ~
-
+                                                       *command-attributes*
 User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
 completion as filenames, buffers, etc.  Exactly how this works depends upon the
@@ -1561,9 +1564,11 @@ The function arguments are:
 The function may use these for determining context.  For the "custom"
 argument, it is not necessary to filter candidates against the (implicit
 pattern in) ArgLead.  Vim will filter the candidates with its regexp engine
-after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. For
-the "customlist" argument, Vim will not filter the returned completion
-candidates and the user supplied function should filter the candidates.
+after function return, and this is probably more efficient in most cases. If
+'wildoptions' contains "fuzzy", then the candidates will be filtered using
+|fuzzy-matching|.  For the "customlist" argument, Vim will not
+filter the returned completion candidates and the user supplied function
+should filter the candidates.
 
 The following example lists user names to a Finger command >
     :com -complete=custom,ListUsers -nargs=1 Finger !finger <args>
@@ -1697,12 +1702,12 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 		Examples: >
 		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file MyEdit
 				\ for f in expand(<q-args>, 0, 1) |
-				\ exe '<mods> split ' . f |
+				\ exe '<mods> split ' .. f |
 				\ endfor
 
 		    function! SpecialEdit(files, mods)
 			for f in expand(a:files, 0, 1)
-			    exe a:mods . ' split ' . f
+			    exe a:mods .. ' split ' .. f
 			endfor
 		    endfunction
 		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file Sedit
@@ -1778,7 +1783,7 @@ This will invoke: >
    :   let i = 0
    :   while i < argc()
    :	  if filereadable(argv(i))
-   :	     execute "e " . argv(i)
+   :	     execute "e " .. argv(i)
    :	     execute a:command
    :      endif
    :      let i = i + 1

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 				:let lnum = line(".")
 				:keepjumps normal gg
 				:call SetLastChange()
-				:keepjumps exe "normal " . lnum . "G"
+				:keepjumps exe "normal " .. lnum .. "G"
 <
 			Note that ":keepjumps" must be used for every command.
 			When invoking a function the commands in that function

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 29
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -383,12 +383,22 @@ lambda it will be converted to the name, e.g. "<lambda>123".  Examples:
 	set opfunc=function('MyOpFunc')
 	set opfunc=funcref('MyOpFunc')
 	set opfunc={a\ ->\ MyOpFunc(a)}
-	" set using a funcref variable
+
+Set to a script-local function: >
+	set opfunc=s:MyLocalFunc
+	set opfunc=<SID>MyLocalFunc
+In |Vim9| script the "s:" and "<SID>" can be omitted if the function exists in
+the script: >
+	set opfunc=MyLocalFunc
+
+Set using a funcref variable: >
 	let Fn = function('MyTagFunc')
 	let &tagfunc = Fn
-	" set using a lambda expression
+
+Set using a lambda expression: >
 	let &tagfunc = {t -> MyTagFunc(t)}
-	" set using a variable with lambda expression
+
+Set using a variable with lambda expression: >
 	let L = {a, b, c -> MyTagFunc(a, b , c)}
 	let &tagfunc = L
 
@@ -800,6 +810,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	need proper setting-up, so whenever the shell's pwd changes an OSC 7
 	escape sequence will be emitted. For example, on Linux, you can source
 	/etc/profile.d/vte.sh in your shell profile if you use bash or zsh.
+	When the parsing of the OSC sequence fails you get *E1179* .
 
 				*'arabic'* *'arab'* *'noarabic'* *'noarab'*
 'arabic' 'arab'		boolean (default off)
@@ -1131,7 +1142,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	If you like to keep a lot of backups, you could use a BufWritePre
 	autocommand to change 'backupext' just before writing the file to
 	include a timestamp. >
-		:au BufWritePre * let &bex = '-' . strftime("%Y%b%d%X") . '~'
+		:au BufWritePre * let &bex = '-' .. strftime("%Y%b%d%X") .. '~'
 <	Use 'backupdir' to put the backup in a different directory.
 
 						*'backupskip'* *'bsk'*
@@ -1156,7 +1167,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
 	$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
-		:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
+		:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') .. '/tmp/*'
 
 <	Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
 	backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
@@ -1207,10 +1218,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!
 	Example: >
     function MyBalloonExpr()
-	return 'Cursor is at line ' . v:beval_lnum .
-		\', column ' . v:beval_col .
-		\ ' of file ' .  bufname(v:beval_bufnr) .
-		\ ' on word "' . v:beval_text . '"'
+	return 'Cursor is at line ' .. v:beval_lnum ..
+		\ ', column ' .. v:beval_col ..
+		\ ' of file ' ..  bufname(v:beval_bufnr) ..
+		\ ' on word "' .. v:beval_text .. '"'
     endfunction
     set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
     set ballooneval
@@ -1526,7 +1537,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	If the default value taken from $CDPATH is not what you want, include
 	a modified version of the following command in your vimrc file to
 	override it: >
-	  :let &cdpath = ',' . substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')
+	  :let &cdpath = ',' .. substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')
 <	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 	(parts of 'cdpath' can be passed to the shell to expand file names).
@@ -1571,8 +1582,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		set charconvert=CharConvert()
 		fun CharConvert()
 		  system("recode "
-			\ . v:charconvert_from . ".." . v:charconvert_to
-			\ . " <" . v:fname_in . " >" v:fname_out)
+			\ .. v:charconvert_from .. ".." .. v:charconvert_to
+			\ .. " <" .. v:fname_in .. " >" .. v:fname_out)
 		  return v:shell_error
 		endfun
 <	The related Vim variables are:
@@ -2476,7 +2487,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			you write the file the encrypted bytes will be
 			different.  The whole undo file is encrypted, not just
 			the pieces of text.
-					*E1193* *E1194* *E1195* *E1196*
+					*E1193* *E1194* *E1195* *E1196* *E1230*
 					*E1197* *E1198* *E1199* *E1200* *E1201*
 	   xchacha20	XChaCha20 Cipher with Poly1305 Message Authentication
 			Code.  Medium strong till strong encryption.
@@ -4027,7 +4038,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'guitablabel' 'gtl'	string	(default empty)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
-	When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
+	When non-empty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
 	default label.  See |setting-guitablabel| for more info.
 
@@ -4045,7 +4056,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'guitabtooltip' 'gtt'	string	(default empty)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
-	When nonempty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
+	When non-empty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
 	This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
 	You can include a line break.  Simplest method is to use |:let|: >
@@ -4876,7 +4887,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|+multi_lang| features}
 	Language to use for menu translation.  Tells which file is loaded
 	from the "lang" directory in 'runtimepath': >
-		"lang/menu_" . &langmenu . ".vim"
+		"lang/menu_" .. &langmenu .. ".vim"
 <	(without the spaces).  For example, to always use the Dutch menus, no
 	matter what $LANG is set to: >
 		:set langmenu=nl_NL.ISO_8859-1
@@ -5890,7 +5901,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	To use an environment variable, you probably need to replace the
 	separator.  Here is an example to append $INCL, in which directory
 	names are separated with a semi-colon: >
-		:let &path = &path . "," . substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')
+		:let &path = &path .. "," .. substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')
 <	Replace the ';' with a ':' or whatever separator is used.  Note that
 	this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
 
@@ -6723,6 +6734,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 
+	In |restricted-mode| shell commands will not be possible.  This mode
+	is used if the value of $SHELL ends in "false" or "nologin".
+
 	If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
 	quotes and escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
@@ -7445,7 +7459,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+statusline|
 			feature}
-	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the status line.
+	When non-empty, this option determines the content of the status line.
 	Also see |status-line|.
 
 	The option consists of printf style '%' items interspersed with
@@ -7753,7 +7767,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabline'* *'tal'*
 'tabline' 'tal'		string	(default empty)
 			global
-	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
+	When non-empty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
 	line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
 	tab pages line.  See |setting-tabline| for more info.
 
@@ -8304,7 +8318,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 	Example: >
-    :auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() . "/" . expand("%:p")
+    :auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() .. "/" .. expand("%:p")
     :set title titlestring=%<%F%=%l/%L-%P titlelen=70
 <	The value of 'titlelen' is used to align items in the middle or right
 	of the available space.
@@ -8970,7 +8984,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mode.  On pressing 'wildchar' (usually <Tab>) to invoke completion,
 	the possible matches are shown just above the command line, with the
 	first match highlighted (overwriting the status line, if there is
-	one).  Keys that show the previous/next match, such as <Tab> or
+	one).  This is the behavior without "pum" in 'wildoptions.
+	Keys that show the previous/next match, such as <Tab> or
 	CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
 	When 'wildmode' is used, "wildmenu" mode is used where "full" is
 	specified.  "longest" and "list" do not start "wildmenu" mode.
@@ -8978,10 +8993,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	If there are more matches than can fit in the line, a ">" is shown on
 	the right and/or a "<" is shown on the left.  The status line scrolls
 	as needed.
+	When 'wildoptions' contains "pum", then the completion matches are
+	shown in a popup menu.
 	The "wildmenu" mode is abandoned when a key is hit that is not used
 	for selecting a completion.
-	While the "wildmenu" is active the following keys have special
-	meanings:
+	While the "wildmenu" is active, not using the popup menu, the
+	following keys have special meanings:
 
 	<Left> <Right>	- select previous/next match (like CTRL-P/CTRL-N)
 	<Down>		- in filename/menu name completion: move into a
@@ -8991,6 +9008,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	<Up>		- in filename/menu name completion: move up into
 			  parent directory or parent menu.
 
+	When using the popup menu for command line completion, the following
+	keys have special meanings:
+	<Down>		- select next match (like CTRL-N)
+	<Left>		- in filename/menu name completion: move up into
+			  parent directory or parent menu.
+	<Right>		- in filename/menu name completion: move into a
+			  subdirectory or submenu.
+	<Up>		- select previous match (like CTRL-P)
+	CTRL-E		- end completion, go back to what was there before
+			  selecting a match.
+	CTRL-N		- go to the next entry
+	CTRL-P		- go to the previous entry
+	CTRL-Y		- accept the currently selected match and stop
+			  completion.
+
 	This makes the menus accessible from the console |console-menus|.
 
 	If you prefer the <Left> and <Right> keys to move the cursor instead
@@ -9053,14 +9085,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+wildignore|
 			feature}
-	A list of words that change how command line completion is done.
-	Currently only one word is allowed:
+	A list of words that change how |cmdline-completion| is done.
+	The following values are supported:
+	  fuzzy		Use |fuzzy-matching| to find completion matches. When
+			this value is specified, wildcard expansion will not
+			be used for completion.  The matches will be sorted by
+			the "best match" rather than alphabetically sorted.
+			This will find more matches than the wildcard
+			expansion. Currently fuzzy matching based completion
+			is not supported for file and directory names and
+			instead wildcard expansion is used.
+	  pum		Display the completion matches using the popupmenu
+			in the same style as the |ins-completion-menu|.
 	  tagfile	When using CTRL-D to list matching tags, the kind of
 			tag and the file of the tag is listed.	Only one match
 			is displayed per line.  Often used tag kinds are:
 				d	#define
 				f	function
-	Also see |cmdline-completion|.
 
 						*'winaltkeys'* *'wak'*
 'winaltkeys' 'wak'	string	(default "menu")

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ program to the new diff on VMS.  Add this to your .vimrc file: >
 	function MyDiff()
 	   let opt = ""
 	   if &diffopt =~ "icase"
-	     let opt = opt . "-i "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-i "
 	   endif
 	   if &diffopt =~ "iwhite"
-	     let opt = opt . "-b "
+	     let opt = opt .. "-b "
 	   endif
-	   silent execute "!mc GNU:diff.exe -a " . opt . v:fname_in . " " .  v:fname_new .
-		\  " > " . v:fname_out
+	   silent execute "!mc GNU:diff.exe -a " .. opt .. v:fname_in .. " " ..  v:fname_new ..
+		\  " > " .. v:fname_out
 	endfunction
       endif
 

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Apr 05
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start". For
        /b    no console window will be opened
    You can use only one of these flags at a time.  A second one will be
    treated as the start of the command.
-
+						*windows-asynchronously*
 Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
 A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
    1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 8. Composing characters		|patterns-composing|
 9. Compare with Perl patterns	|perl-patterns|
 10. Highlighting matches	|match-highlight|
-11. Fuzzy matching		|fuzzy-match|
+11. Fuzzy matching		|fuzzy-matching|
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Search commands				*search-commands*
@@ -164,9 +164,12 @@ index, on which the cursor is. This can look like this: >
 Note: the count does not take offset into account.
 
 When no match is found you get the error: *E486* Pattern not found
-Note that for the |:global| command this behaves like a normal message, for Vi
-compatibility.  For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the
-error message |:s_flags|.
+Note that for the `:global` command, when used in legacy script, you get a
+normal message "Pattern not found", for Vi compatibility.
+In |Vim9| script you get E486 for "pattern not found" or *E538* when the pattern
+matches in every line with `:vglobal`.
+For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the error message
+|:s_flags|.
 
 					*search-offset* *{offset}*
 These commands search for the specified pattern.  With "/" and "?" an
@@ -925,7 +928,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	becomes invalid.  Vim doesn't automatically update the matches.
 	Similar to moving the cursor for "\%#" |/\%#|.
 
-						*/\%l* */\%>l* */\%<l* *E951*
+					*/\%l* */\%>l* */\%<l* *E951* *E1204*
 \%23l	Matches in a specific line.
 \%<23l	Matches above a specific line (lower line number).
 \%>23l	Matches below a specific line (higher line number).
@@ -963,7 +966,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	the cursor moves the display isn't updated for this change.  An update
 	is done when using the |CTRL-L| command (the whole screen is updated).
 	Example, to highlight the column where the cursor currently is: >
-		:exe '/\%' . col(".") . 'c'
+		:exe '/\%' .. col(".") .. 'c'
 <	Alternatively use: >
 		/\%.c
 <	When 'hlsearch' is set and you move the cursor around and make changes
@@ -1457,7 +1460,7 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		":2match" for another plugin.
 
 ==============================================================================
-11. Fuzzy matching					*fuzzy-match*
+11. Fuzzy matching					*fuzzy-matching*
 
 Fuzzy matching refers to matching strings using a non-exact search string.
 Fuzzy matching will match a string, if all the characters in the search string

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ itself:
      fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
        if method == 3   " ftp (no <.netrc>)
         let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
-        silent fourblanklines.",".line2."g/^\s*/d"
+        silent fourblanklines .. "," .. line2 .. "g/^\s*/d"
        endif
      endfunction
     endif
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ To use this function, simply assign its output to |g:netrw_list_hide| option.  >
 	Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide('my_gitignore_file')
 		Function can take additional files with git-ignore patterns.
 
-	Example: g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() . '.*\.swp$'
+	Example: let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() .. '.*\.swp$'
 		Combining 'netrw_gitignore#Hide' with custom patterns.
 <
 
@@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
 				Examples:
 				 let g:netrw_list_hide= '.*\.swp$'
-				 let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide().'.*\.swp$'
+				 let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide() .. '.*\.swp$'
 				default: ""
 
   *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -139,28 +139,28 @@ If there is no error, return zero or an empty string.
 The default for non MS-Windows or VMS systems is to simply use "lpr" to print
 the file: >
 
-    system('lpr' . (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' -P' . &printdevice)
-	. ' ' . v:fname_in) . delete(v:fname_in) + v:shell_error
+    system('lpr' .. (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' -P' .. &printdevice)
+	.. ' ' .. v:fname_in) .. delete(v:fname_in) + v:shell_error
 
 On MS-Windows machines the default is to copy the file to the currently
 specified printdevice: >
 
-    system('copy' . ' ' . v:fname_in . (&printdevice == ''
-		? ' LPT1:' : (' \"' . &printdevice . '\"')))
-		. delete(v:fname_in)
+    system('copy' .. ' ' .. v:fname_in .. (&printdevice == ''
+		? ' LPT1:' : (' \"' .. &printdevice .. '\"')))
+		.. delete(v:fname_in)
 
 On VMS machines the default is to send the file to either the default or
 currently specified printdevice: >
 
-    system('print' . (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' /queue=' .
-		&printdevice) . ' ' . v:fname_in) . delete(v:fname_in)
+    system('print' .. (&printdevice == '' ? '' : ' /queue=' ..
+		&printdevice) .. ' ' .. v:fname_in) .. delete(v:fname_in)
 
 If you change this option, using a function is an easy way to avoid having to
 escape all the spaces.  Example: >
 
 	:set printexpr=PrintFile(v:fname_in)
 	:function PrintFile(fname)
-	:  call system("ghostview " . a:fname)
+	:  call system("ghostview " .. a:fname)
 	:  call delete(a:fname)
 	:  return v:shell_error
 	:endfunc

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 04
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
 			more information.
 			Example: >
-    :g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") . ":" . line(".") .  ":" . getline(".")
+    :g/mypattern/caddexpr expand("%") .. ":" .. line(".") ..  ":" .. getline(".")
 <
 						*:lad* *:addd* *:laddexpr*
 :lad[dexpr] {expr}	Same as ":caddexpr", except the location list for the
@@ -654,6 +654,27 @@ quickfix window.  If there already is a window for that file, it is used
 instead.  If the buffer in the used window has changed, and the error is in
 another file, jumping to the error will fail.  You will first have to make
 sure the window contains a buffer which can be abandoned.
+
+When you select a file from the quickfix window, the following steps are used
+to find a window to edit the file:
+
+1. If a window displaying the selected file is present in the current tabpage
+   (starting with the window before the quickfix window), then that window is
+   used.
+2. If the above step fails and if 'switchbuf' contains "usetab" and a window
+   displaying the selected file is present in any one of the tabpages
+   (starting with the first tabpage) then that window is used.
+3. If the above step fails then a window in the current tabpage displaying a
+   buffer with 'buftype' not set (starting with the window before the quickfix
+   window) is used.
+4. If the above step fails and if 'switchbuf' contains "uselast", then the
+   previously accessed window is used.
+5. If the above step fails then the window before the quickfix window is used.
+   If there is no previous window, then the window after the quickfix window
+   is used.
+6. If the above step fails, then a new horizontally split window above the
+   quickfix window is used.
+
 					*CTRL-W_<Enter>* *CTRL-W_<CR>*
 You can use CTRL-W <Enter> to open a new window and jump to the error there.
 
@@ -663,7 +684,7 @@ FileType event (also see |qf.vim|).  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered,
 using "quickfix" for the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action
 on the listed errors.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost quickfix  setlocal modifiable
-		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".")." "/'
+		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".") .. " "/'
 		\ | setlocal nomodifiable
 This prepends the line number to each line.  Note the use of "\=" in the
 substitute string of the ":s" command, which is used to evaluate an
@@ -692,13 +713,15 @@ this window, the displayed location list is used.
 When you select a file from the location list window, the following steps are
 used to find a window to edit the file:
 
-1. If a window with the location list displayed in the location list window is
-   present, then the file is opened in that window.
-2. If the above step fails and if the file is already opened in another
-   window, then that window is used.
-3. If the above step fails then an existing window showing a buffer with
-   'buftype' not set is used.
-4. If the above step fails, then the file is edited in a new window.
+1. If a non-quickfix window associated with the location list is present in
+   the current tabpage, then that window is used.
+2. If the above step fails and if the file is already opened in another window
+   in the current tabpage, then that window is used.
+3. If the above step fails and 'switchbuf' contains "usetab" and if the file
+   is opened in a window in any one of the tabpages, then that window is used.
+4. If the above step fails then a window in the current tabpage showing a
+   buffer with 'buftype' not set is used.
+5. If the above step fails, then the file is edited in a new window.
 
 In all of the above cases, if the location list for the selected window is not
 yet set, then it is set to the location list displayed in the location list
@@ -1037,7 +1060,7 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			     matching is used to find matching lines. In this
 			     case, {pattern} is treated as a literal string
 			     instead of a regular expression.  See
-			     |fuzzy-match| for more information about fuzzy
+			     |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
 			     matching strings.
 
 			|QuickFixCmdPre| and |QuickFixCmdPost| are triggered.
@@ -1385,12 +1408,17 @@ Basic items
 	%f		file name (finds a string)
 	%o		module name (finds a string)
 	%l		line number (finds a number)
+	%e		end line number (finds a number)
 	%c		column number (finds a number representing character
 			column of the error, byte index, a <tab> is 1
 			character column)
 	%v		virtual column number (finds a number representing
 			screen column of the error (1 <tab> == 8 screen
 			columns))
+	%k		end column number (finds a number representing
+			the character column of the error, byte index, or a
+			number representing screen end column of the error if
+			it's used with %v)
 	%t		error type (finds a single character):
 			    e - error message
 			    w - warning message

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -120,6 +120,10 @@ when sending command to it.
 
 The --serverlist argument will cause Vim to print a list of registered command
 servers on the standard output (stdout) and exit.
+							*{server}*
+The {server} argument is used by several functions.  When this is an empty
+string then on Unix the default server name is used, which is "GVIM".  On
+MS-Windows an empty string does not work.
 
 Win32 Note: Making the Vim server go to the foreground doesn't always work,
 because MS-Windows doesn't allow it.  The client will move the server to the

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ precedence, otherwise the 'cursorline' highlighting.
 Here is an example that places a sign "piet", displayed with the text ">>", in
 line 23 of the current file: >
 	:sign define piet text=>> texthl=Search
-	:exe ":sign place 2 line=23 name=piet file=" . expand("%:p")
+	:exe ":sign place 2 line=23 name=piet file=" .. expand("%:p")
 
 And here is the command to delete it again: >
 	:sign unplace 2

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ zuG			Undo |zW| and |zG|, remove the word from the internal
 			rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
 			intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
 			want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
-		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
-		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' .. expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
 <			|:spellundo|, |zuw|, or |zuW| can be used to undo this.
 
 :spellr[rare]! {word}	Add {word} as a rare word to the internal word

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 20
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -256,6 +256,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Interfaces, such as Python, Ruby and Lua, are also disabled,
 		since they could be used to execute shell commands.  Perl uses
 		the Safe module.
+		For Unix restricted mode is used when the last part of $SHELL
+		is "nologin" or "false".
 		Note that the user may still find a loophole to execute a
 		shell command, it has only been made difficult.
 
@@ -1376,7 +1378,7 @@ resulting file, when executed with a ":source" command:
 After restoring the Session, the full filename of your current Session is
 available in the internal variable "v:this_session" |this_session-variable|.
 An example mapping: >
-  :nmap <F2> :wa<Bar>exe "mksession! " . v:this_session<CR>:so ~/sessions/
+  :nmap <F2> :wa<Bar>exe "mksession! " .. v:this_session<CR>:so ~/sessions/
 This saves the current Session, and starts off the command to load another.
 
 A session includes all tab pages, unless "tabpages" was removed from

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 20
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,7 +215,8 @@ A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
 and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
-an error when using other characters.
+an error when using other characters.  The maxium length of a group name is
+about 200 bytes.  *E1249*
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
@@ -652,7 +653,7 @@ evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
 so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
 larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
 
-	:let g:html_id_expr = '"_".bufnr("%")'
+	:let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
 <
 To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
 
@@ -1536,6 +1537,14 @@ The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
 gvim display.  Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
 conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
 
+Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm".  To detect which one
+should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
+the file.  If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
+
+If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
+example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
+   :let filetype_frm = "form"
+
 
 FORTH						*forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
 
@@ -3598,8 +3607,8 @@ Do you want to draw with the mouse?  Try the following: >
    :function! GetPixel()
    :   let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
    :   echo c
-   :   exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
-   :   exe "noremap <LeftDrag>	<LeftMouse>r".c
+   :   exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
+   :   exe "noremap <LeftDrag>	<LeftMouse>r" .. c
    :endfunction
    :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
    :set guicursor=n:hor20	   " to see the color beneath the cursor
@@ -3704,12 +3713,13 @@ DEFINING CASE						*:syn-case* *E390*
 	items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
 
 :sy[ntax] case
-	Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore" (translated).
+	Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
 
 
 DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
 
-:sy[ntax] foldlevel [start | minimum]
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
+:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
 	This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
 	foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
 
@@ -3722,13 +3732,16 @@ DEFINING FOLDLEVEL					*:syn-foldlevel*
 	may close and open horizontally within a line.
 
 :sy[ntax] foldlevel
-	Show either "syntax foldlevel start" or "syntax foldlevel minimum".
+	Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
+	"syntax foldlevel minimum".
 
 	{not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
 
 SPELL CHECKING						*:syn-spell*
 
-:sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
+:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
+:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
+:sy[ntax] spell default
 	This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
 	in a syntax item:
 
@@ -3743,8 +3756,8 @@ SPELL CHECKING						*:syn-spell*
 	To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
 
 :sy[ntax] spell
-	Show either "syntax spell toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or
-	"syntax spell default" (translated).
+	Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
+	toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
 
 
 SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
@@ -4343,7 +4356,7 @@ IMPLICIT CONCEAL					*:syn-conceal-implicit*
 	given explicitly.
 
 :sy[ntax] conceal
-	Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off" (translated).
+	Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Syntax patterns				*:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
@@ -4439,7 +4452,7 @@ Leading context			*:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
 
 Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
 with previous Vim versions.  It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
-in the pattern.
+in the pattern.  You can also often use |/\zs|.
 
 The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
 be present, but is not considered part of the match.  An offset of "lc=n" will
@@ -5554,9 +5567,9 @@ types.vim: *.[ch]
 And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
 
    " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
-   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
+   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
    autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
-   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch]   exe 'so ' . fname
+   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch]   exe 'so ' .. fname
    autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Oct 14
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -143,7 +143,9 @@ something else.
 		    :tabclose 3	    " close the third tab page
 		    :tabclose $	    " close the last tab page
 		    :tabclose #     " close the last accessed tab page
-<
+
+When a tab is closed the next tab page will become the current one.
+
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
 :tabo[nly][!]	Close all other tab pages.
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
@@ -379,24 +381,24 @@ pages and define labels for them.  Then get the label for each tab page. >
 	  for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
 	    " select the highlighting
 	    if i + 1 == tabpagenr()
-	      let s .= '%#TabLineSel#'
+	      let s ..= '%#TabLineSel#'
 	    else
-	      let s .= '%#TabLine#'
+	      let s ..= '%#TabLine#'
 	    endif
 
 	    " set the tab page number (for mouse clicks)
-	    let s .= '%' . (i + 1) . 'T'
+	    let s ..= '%' .. (i + 1) .. 'T'
 
 	    " the label is made by MyTabLabel()
-	    let s .= ' %{MyTabLabel(' . (i + 1) . ')} '
+	    let s ..= ' %{MyTabLabel(' .. (i + 1) .. ')} '
 	  endfor
 
 	  " after the last tab fill with TabLineFill and reset tab page nr
-	  let s .= '%#TabLineFill#%T'
+	  let s ..= '%#TabLineFill#%T'
 
 	  " right-align the label to close the current tab page
 	  if tabpagenr('$') > 1
-	    let s .= '%=%#TabLine#%999Xclose'
+	    let s ..= '%=%#TabLine#%999Xclose'
 	  endif
 
 	  return s
@@ -459,14 +461,14 @@ windows in the tab page and a '+' if there is a modified buffer: >
 	  " Append the number of windows in the tab page if more than one
 	  let wincount = tabpagewinnr(v:lnum, '$')
 	  if wincount > 1
-	    let label .= wincount
+	    let label ..= wincount
 	  endif
 	  if label != ''
-	    let label .= ' '
+	    let label ..= ' '
 	  endif
 
 	  " Append the buffer name
-	  return label . bufname(bufnrlist[tabpagewinnr(v:lnum) - 1])
+	  return label .. bufname(bufnrlist[tabpagewinnr(v:lnum) - 1])
 	endfunction
 
 	set guitablabel=%{GuiTabLabel()}

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1355,6 +1355,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +mouse	various.txt	/*+mouse*
 +mouse_dec	various.txt	/*+mouse_dec*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
++mouse_gpm/dyn	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm\/dyn*
 +mouse_jsbterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_jsbterm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
@@ -2112,6 +2113,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :abclear	map.txt	/*:abclear*
 :abo	windows.txt	/*:abo*
 :aboveleft	windows.txt	/*:aboveleft*
+:abstract	vim9.txt	/*:abstract*
 :addd	quickfix.txt	/*:addd*
 :al	windows.txt	/*:al*
 :all	windows.txt	/*:all*
@@ -2271,6 +2273,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :chistory	quickfix.txt	/*:chistory*
 :cl	quickfix.txt	/*:cl*
 :cla	quickfix.txt	/*:cla*
+:class	vim9.txt	/*:class*
 :clast	quickfix.txt	/*:clast*
 :cle	motion.txt	/*:cle*
 :clearjumps	motion.txt	/*:clearjumps*
@@ -2415,6 +2418,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :dsp	tagsrch.txt	/*:dsp*
 :dsplit	tagsrch.txt	/*:dsplit*
 :e	editing.txt	/*:e*
+:e#	editing.txt	/*:e#*
 :ea	undo.txt	/*:ea*
 :earlier	undo.txt	/*:earlier*
 :ec	eval.txt	/*:ec*
@@ -2432,6 +2436,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :edit	editing.txt	/*:edit*
 :edit!	editing.txt	/*:edit!*
 :edit!_f	editing.txt	/*:edit!_f*
+:edit_#	editing.txt	/*:edit_#*
 :edit_f	editing.txt	/*:edit_f*
 :el	eval.txt	/*:el*
 :else	eval.txt	/*:else*
@@ -2441,12 +2446,15 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
 :end	eval.txt	/*:end*
+:endclass	vim9.txt	/*:endclass*
 :enddef	vim9.txt	/*:enddef*
+:endenum	vim9.txt	/*:endenum*
 :endf	eval.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
 :endfunction	eval.txt	/*:endfunction*
 :endif	eval.txt	/*:endif*
+:endinterface	vim9.txt	/*:endinterface*
 :endt	eval.txt	/*:endt*
 :endtry	eval.txt	/*:endtry*
 :endw	eval.txt	/*:endw*
@@ -2455,6 +2463,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
+:enum	vim9.txt	/*:enum*
 :eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
@@ -2581,6 +2590,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :inoreme	gui.txt	/*:inoreme*
 :inoremenu	gui.txt	/*:inoremenu*
 :insert	insert.txt	/*:insert*
+:interface	vim9.txt	/*:interface*
 :intro	starting.txt	/*:intro*
 :is	tagsrch.txt	/*:is*
 :isearch	tagsrch.txt	/*:isearch*
@@ -3213,6 +3223,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :startgreplace	insert.txt	/*:startgreplace*
 :startinsert	insert.txt	/*:startinsert*
 :startreplace	insert.txt	/*:startreplace*
+:static	vim9.txt	/*:static*
 :stj	tagsrch.txt	/*:stj*
 :stjump	tagsrch.txt	/*:stjump*
 :stop	starting.txt	/*:stop*
@@ -3390,6 +3401,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :tunma	map.txt	/*:tunma*
 :tunmap	map.txt	/*:tunmap*
 :tunmenu	gui.txt	/*:tunmenu*
+:type	vim9.txt	/*:type*
 :u	undo.txt	/*:u*
 :un	undo.txt	/*:un*
 :una	map.txt	/*:una*
@@ -3948,6 +3960,7 @@ Dictionary-function	eval.txt	/*Dictionary-function*
 DiffUpdated	autocmd.txt	/*DiffUpdated*
 Digraphs	digraph.txt	/*Digraphs*
 DirChanged	autocmd.txt	/*DirChanged*
+DirChangedPre	autocmd.txt	/*DirChangedPre*
 E	motion.txt	/*E*
 E10	message.txt	/*E10*
 E100	diff.txt	/*E100*
@@ -4018,6 +4031,7 @@ E1061	vim9.txt	/*E1061*
 E1062	eval.txt	/*E1062*
 E1063	eval.txt	/*E1063*
 E1064	autocmd.txt	/*E1064*
+E1065	vim9.txt	/*E1065*
 E1066	vim9.txt	/*E1066*
 E1067	eval.txt	/*E1067*
 E1068	vim9.txt	/*E1068*
@@ -4030,7 +4044,10 @@ E1074	vim9.txt	/*E1074*
 E1075	vim9.txt	/*E1075*
 E1076	eval.txt	/*E1076*
 E1077	vim9.txt	/*E1077*
+E1078	autocmd.txt	/*E1078*
+E1079	vim9.txt	/*E1079*
 E108	eval.txt	/*E108*
+E1080	vim9.txt	/*E1080*
 E1081	eval.txt	/*E1081*
 E1083	editing.txt	/*E1083*
 E1084	eval.txt	/*E1084*
@@ -4041,6 +4058,7 @@ E1089	eval.txt	/*E1089*
 E109	eval.txt	/*E109*
 E1090	eval.txt	/*E1090*
 E1091	vim9.txt	/*E1091*
+E1092	various.txt	/*E1092*
 E1093	eval.txt	/*E1093*
 E1094	vim9.txt	/*E1094*
 E1095	eval.txt	/*E1095*
@@ -4096,19 +4114,62 @@ E1139	vim9.txt	/*E1139*
 E114	eval.txt	/*E114*
 E1140	eval.txt	/*E1140*
 E1141	eval.txt	/*E1141*
+E1142	testing.txt	/*E1142*
 E1143	eval.txt	/*E1143*
 E1144	vim9.txt	/*E1144*
 E1145	eval.txt	/*E1145*
+E1146	vim9.txt	/*E1146*
+E1147	eval.txt	/*E1147*
+E1148	eval.txt	/*E1148*
+E1149	vim9.txt	/*E1149*
 E115	eval.txt	/*E115*
+E1150	vim9.txt	/*E1150*
+E1151	eval.txt	/*E1151*
+E1152	vim9.txt	/*E1152*
+E1153	eval.txt	/*E1153*
+E1154	eval.txt	/*E1154*
 E1155	autocmd.txt	/*E1155*
-E1158	builtin.txt	/*E1158*
+E1156	editing.txt	/*E1156*
+E1157	vim9.txt	/*E1157*
+E1158	vim9.txt	/*E1158*
+E1159	windows.txt	/*E1159*
 E116	eval.txt	/*E116*
+E1160	vim9.txt	/*E1160*
+E1161	builtin.txt	/*E1161*
+E1162	builtin.txt	/*E1162*
+E1163	vim9.txt	/*E1163*
+E1164	vim9.txt	/*E1164*
+E1165	eval.txt	/*E1165*
+E1166	eval.txt	/*E1166*
+E1167	vim9.txt	/*E1167*
+E1168	vim9.txt	/*E1168*
 E1169	eval.txt	/*E1169*
 E117	eval.txt	/*E117*
+E1170	vim9.txt	/*E1170*
+E1171	vim9.txt	/*E1171*
+E1172	vim9.txt	/*E1172*
+E1173	vim9.txt	/*E1173*
+E1174	vim9.txt	/*E1174*
+E1175	vim9.txt	/*E1175*
+E1176	vim9.txt	/*E1176*
+E1177	eval.txt	/*E1177*
+E1178	vim9.txt	/*E1178*
+E1179	options.txt	/*E1179*
 E118	eval.txt	/*E118*
+E1180	vim9.txt	/*E1180*
+E1181	vim9.txt	/*E1181*
+E1182	eval.txt	/*E1182*
+E1183	eval.txt	/*E1183*
+E1184	eval.txt	/*E1184*
+E1185	various.txt	/*E1185*
+E1186	vim9.txt	/*E1186*
 E1187	starting.txt	/*E1187*
 E1188	cmdline.txt	/*E1188*
+E1189	vim9.txt	/*E1189*
 E119	eval.txt	/*E119*
+E1190	vim9.txt	/*E1190*
+E1191	vim9.txt	/*E1191*
+E1192	eval.txt	/*E1192*
 E1193	options.txt	/*E1193*
 E1194	options.txt	/*E1194*
 E1195	options.txt	/*E1195*
@@ -4120,26 +4181,79 @@ E12	message.txt	/*E12*
 E120	eval.txt	/*E120*
 E1200	options.txt	/*E1200*
 E1201	options.txt	/*E1201*
-E1205	builtin.txt	/*E1205*
+E1202	vim9.txt	/*E1202*
+E1203	eval.txt	/*E1203*
+E1204	pattern.txt	/*E1204*
+E1205	vim9.txt	/*E1205*
+E1206	vim9.txt	/*E1206*
+E1207	eval.txt	/*E1207*
 E1208	map.txt	/*E1208*
+E1209	builtin.txt	/*E1209*
 E121	eval.txt	/*E121*
+E1210	vim9.txt	/*E1210*
+E1211	vim9.txt	/*E1211*
+E1212	vim9.txt	/*E1212*
+E1213	vim9.txt	/*E1213*
 E1214	builtin.txt	/*E1214*
+E1215	builtin.txt	/*E1215*
+E1216	builtin.txt	/*E1216*
+E1217	vim9.txt	/*E1217*
+E1218	vim9.txt	/*E1218*
+E1219	vim9.txt	/*E1219*
 E122	eval.txt	/*E122*
+E1220	vim9.txt	/*E1220*
+E1221	vim9.txt	/*E1221*
+E1222	vim9.txt	/*E1222*
+E1223	vim9.txt	/*E1223*
+E1224	vim9.txt	/*E1224*
+E1225	vim9.txt	/*E1225*
+E1226	vim9.txt	/*E1226*
+E1227	vim9.txt	/*E1227*
+E1228	vim9.txt	/*E1228*
+E1229	eval.txt	/*E1229*
 E123	eval.txt	/*E123*
+E1230	options.txt	/*E1230*
 E1231	map.txt	/*E1231*
 E1232	builtin.txt	/*E1232*
 E1233	builtin.txt	/*E1233*
+E1234	vim9.txt	/*E1234*
+E1235	vim9.txt	/*E1235*
+E1236	vim9.txt	/*E1236*
 E1237	map.txt	/*E1237*
+E1238	vim9.txt	/*E1238*
 E1239	builtin.txt	/*E1239*
 E124	eval.txt	/*E124*
+E1240	change.txt	/*E1240*
+E1241	change.txt	/*E1241*
+E1242	change.txt	/*E1242*
 E1243	options.txt	/*E1243*
 E1244	message.txt	/*E1244*
 E1245	cmdline.txt	/*E1245*
+E1246	eval.txt	/*E1246*
+E1247	cmdline.txt	/*E1247*
+E1248	vim9.txt	/*E1248*
+E1249	syntax.txt	/*E1249*
 E125	eval.txt	/*E125*
+E1250	vim9.txt	/*E1250*
+E1251	vim9.txt	/*E1251*
+E1252	vim9.txt	/*E1252*
+E1253	vim9.txt	/*E1253*
+E1254	vim9.txt	/*E1254*
 E1255	map.txt	/*E1255*
+E1256	vim9.txt	/*E1256*
+E1257	vim9.txt	/*E1257*
+E1258	vim9.txt	/*E1258*
+E1259	vim9.txt	/*E1259*
 E126	eval.txt	/*E126*
+E1260	vim9.txt	/*E1260*
+E1261	vim9.txt	/*E1261*
+E1262	vim9.txt	/*E1262*
 E1263	eval.txt	/*E1263*
+E1264	vim9.txt	/*E1264*
+E1265	eval.txt	/*E1265*
+E1266	if_pyth.txt	/*E1266*
 E127	eval.txt	/*E127*
+E1270	change.txt	/*E1270*
 E128	eval.txt	/*E128*
 E129	eval.txt	/*E129*
 E13	message.txt	/*E13*
@@ -4581,7 +4695,7 @@ E534	options.txt	/*E534*
 E535	options.txt	/*E535*
 E536	options.txt	/*E536*
 E537	options.txt	/*E537*
-E538	builtin.txt	/*E538*
+E538	pattern.txt	/*E538*
 E539	options.txt	/*E539*
 E54	pattern.txt	/*E54*
 E540	options.txt	/*E540*
@@ -4904,6 +5018,7 @@ E835	options.txt	/*E835*
 E836	if_pyth.txt	/*E836*
 E837	if_pyth.txt	/*E837*
 E838	netbeans.txt	/*E838*
+E839	vim9.txt	/*E839*
 E84	windows.txt	/*E84*
 E840	insert.txt	/*E840*
 E841	map.txt	/*E841*
@@ -5761,6 +5876,7 @@ bug-fixes-5	version5.txt	/*bug-fixes-5*
 bug-fixes-6	version6.txt	/*bug-fixes-6*
 bug-fixes-7	version7.txt	/*bug-fixes-7*
 bug-fixes-8	version8.txt	/*bug-fixes-8*
+bug-fixes-9	version9.txt	/*bug-fixes-9*
 bug-reports	intro.txt	/*bug-reports*
 bugreport.vim	intro.txt	/*bugreport.vim*
 bugs	intro.txt	/*bugs*
@@ -6062,6 +6178,7 @@ collate-variable	eval.txt	/*collate-variable*
 color-xterm	syntax.txt	/*color-xterm*
 coloring	syntax.txt	/*coloring*
 colortest.vim	syntax.txt	/*colortest.vim*
+command-attributes	map.txt	/*command-attributes*
 command-block	vim9.txt	/*command-block*
 command-line-functions	usr_41.txt	/*command-line-functions*
 command-line-window	cmdline.txt	/*command-line-window*
@@ -6071,6 +6188,7 @@ compile-changes-5	version5.txt	/*compile-changes-5*
 compile-changes-6	version6.txt	/*compile-changes-6*
 compile-changes-7	version7.txt	/*compile-changes-7*
 compile-changes-8	version8.txt	/*compile-changes-8*
+compile-changes-9	version9.txt	/*compile-changes-9*
 compiler-compaqada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-compaqada*
 compiler-decada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-decada*
 compiler-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-gcc*
@@ -6125,6 +6243,7 @@ conversion-server	mbyte.txt	/*conversion-server*
 convert-to-HTML	syntax.txt	/*convert-to-HTML*
 convert-to-XHTML	syntax.txt	/*convert-to-XHTML*
 convert-to-XML	syntax.txt	/*convert-to-XML*
+convert_legacy_function_to_vim9	vim9.txt	/*convert_legacy_function_to_vim9*
 copy()	builtin.txt	/*copy()*
 copy-diffs	diff.txt	/*copy-diffs*
 copy-move	change.txt	/*copy-move*
@@ -6908,7 +7027,7 @@ function-range-example	eval.txt	/*function-range-example*
 function-search-undo	eval.txt	/*function-search-undo*
 function_key	intro.txt	/*function_key*
 functions	eval.txt	/*functions*
-fuzzy-match	pattern.txt	/*fuzzy-match*
+fuzzy-matching	pattern.txt	/*fuzzy-matching*
 fvwm.vim	syntax.txt	/*fvwm.vim*
 fvwm2rc	syntax.txt	/*fvwm2rc*
 fvwmrc	syntax.txt	/*fvwmrc*
@@ -7719,6 +7838,7 @@ improvements-5	version5.txt	/*improvements-5*
 improvements-6	version6.txt	/*improvements-6*
 improvements-7	version7.txt	/*improvements-7*
 improvements-8	version8.txt	/*improvements-8*
+improvements-9	version9.txt	/*improvements-9*
 in_bot	channel.txt	/*in_bot*
 in_buf	channel.txt	/*in_buf*
 in_io-buffer	channel.txt	/*in_io-buffer*
@@ -7734,6 +7854,7 @@ incompatible-5	version5.txt	/*incompatible-5*
 incompatible-6	version6.txt	/*incompatible-6*
 incompatible-7	version7.txt	/*incompatible-7*
 incompatible-8	version8.txt	/*incompatible-8*
+incompatible-9	version9.txt	/*incompatible-9*
 indent()	builtin.txt	/*indent()*
 indent-expression	indent.txt	/*indent-expression*
 indent.txt	indent.txt	/*indent.txt*
@@ -7779,7 +7900,6 @@ interactive-functions	usr_41.txt	/*interactive-functions*
 interfaces-5.2	version5.txt	/*interfaces-5.2*
 internal-variables	eval.txt	/*internal-variables*
 internal-wordlist	spell.txt	/*internal-wordlist*
-internal_get_nv_cmdchar()	builtin.txt	/*internal_get_nv_cmdchar()*
 internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
 interrupt()	builtin.txt	/*interrupt()*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
@@ -8443,6 +8563,7 @@ new-5	version5.txt	/*new-5*
 new-6	version6.txt	/*new-6*
 new-7	version7.txt	/*new-7*
 new-8	version8.txt	/*new-8*
+new-9	version9.txt	/*new-9*
 new-GTK-GUI	version5.txt	/*new-GTK-GUI*
 new-MzScheme	version7.txt	/*new-MzScheme*
 new-Select-mode	version5.txt	/*new-Select-mode*
@@ -8476,6 +8597,7 @@ new-indent-flex	version6.txt	/*new-indent-flex*
 new-items-6	version6.txt	/*new-items-6*
 new-items-7	version7.txt	/*new-items-7*
 new-items-8	version8.txt	/*new-items-8*
+new-items-9	version9.txt	/*new-items-9*
 new-line-continuation	version5.txt	/*new-line-continuation*
 new-location-list	version7.txt	/*new-location-list*
 new-lua	version7.txt	/*new-lua*
@@ -8525,6 +8647,7 @@ new-utf-8	version6.txt	/*new-utf-8*
 new-vertsplit	version6.txt	/*new-vertsplit*
 new-vim-script	version7.txt	/*new-vim-script*
 new-vim-script-8	version8.txt	/*new-vim-script-8*
+new-vim-script-9	version9.txt	/*new-vim-script-9*
 new-vim-server	version6.txt	/*new-vim-server*
 new-vimgrep	version7.txt	/*new-vimgrep*
 new-vimscript-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-vimscript-8.2*
@@ -8643,7 +8766,8 @@ pascal.vim	syntax.txt	/*pascal.vim*
 patches-8	version8.txt	/*patches-8*
 patches-8.1	version8.txt	/*patches-8.1*
 patches-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-8.2*
-patches-after-8.2	version8.txt	/*patches-after-8.2*
+patches-9	version9.txt	/*patches-9*
+patches-after-8.2	version9.txt	/*patches-after-8.2*
 pathshorten()	builtin.txt	/*pathshorten()*
 pattern	pattern.txt	/*pattern*
 pattern-atoms	pattern.txt	/*pattern-atoms*
@@ -9911,6 +10035,7 @@ terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
 terminalprops()	builtin.txt	/*terminalprops()*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
+ternary	eval.txt	/*ternary*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
 test-functions-details	testing.txt	/*test-functions-details*
 test_alloc_fail()	testing.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
@@ -9919,10 +10044,7 @@ test_feedinput()	testing.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
 test_garbagecollect_now()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
 test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
 test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
-test_gui_drop_files()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_drop_files()*
-test_gui_mouse_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_mouse_event()*
-test_gui_tabline_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_tabline_event()*
-test_gui_tabmenu_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_tabmenu_event()*
+test_gui_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_event()*
 test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
 test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
@@ -9935,7 +10057,6 @@ test_null_string()	testing.txt	/*test_null_string()*
 test_option_not_set()	testing.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
 test_override()	testing.txt	/*test_override()*
 test_refcount()	testing.txt	/*test_refcount()*
-test_scrollbar()	testing.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
 test_setmouse()	testing.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
 test_settime()	testing.txt	/*test_settime()*
 test_srand_seed()	testing.txt	/*test_srand_seed()*
@@ -10006,7 +10127,6 @@ tooltips	gui.txt	/*tooltips*
 toupper()	builtin.txt	/*toupper()*
 tr()	builtin.txt	/*tr()*
 trim()	builtin.txt	/*trim()*
-trinary	eval.txt	/*trinary*
 trojan-horse	starting.txt	/*trojan-horse*
 true	vim9.txt	/*true*
 true-variable	eval.txt	/*true-variable*
@@ -10361,6 +10481,7 @@ version-7.4	version7.txt	/*version-7.4*
 version-8.0	version8.txt	/*version-8.0*
 version-8.1	version8.txt	/*version-8.1*
 version-8.2	version8.txt	/*version-8.2*
+version-9.0	version9.txt	/*version-9.0*
 version-variable	eval.txt	/*version-variable*
 version4.txt	version4.txt	/*version4.txt*
 version5.txt	version5.txt	/*version5.txt*
@@ -10375,6 +10496,8 @@ version8.0	version8.txt	/*version8.0*
 version8.1	version8.txt	/*version8.1*
 version8.2	version8.txt	/*version8.2*
 version8.txt	version8.txt	/*version8.txt*
+version9.0	version9.txt	/*version9.0*
+version9.txt	version9.txt	/*version9.txt*
 versionlong-variable	eval.txt	/*versionlong-variable*
 vi	intro.txt	/*vi*
 vi-differences	vi_diff.txt	/*vi-differences*
@@ -10390,6 +10513,8 @@ vim-7.4	version7.txt	/*vim-7.4*
 vim-8	version8.txt	/*vim-8*
 vim-8.1	version8.txt	/*vim-8.1*
 vim-8.2	version8.txt	/*vim-8.2*
+vim-9	version9.txt	/*vim-9*
+vim-9.0	version9.txt	/*vim-9.0*
 vim-additions	vi_diff.txt	/*vim-additions*
 vim-announce	intro.txt	/*vim-announce*
 vim-arguments	starting.txt	/*vim-arguments*
@@ -10436,6 +10561,7 @@ vim9-namespace	vim9.txt	/*vim9-namespace*
 vim9-no-dict-function	vim9.txt	/*vim9-no-dict-function*
 vim9-rationale	vim9.txt	/*vim9-rationale*
 vim9-reload	vim9.txt	/*vim9-reload*
+vim9-s-namespace	vim9.txt	/*vim9-s-namespace*
 vim9-scopes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-scopes*
 vim9-script-intro	usr_46.txt	/*vim9-script-intro*
 vim9-types	vim9.txt	/*vim9-types*
@@ -10593,6 +10719,7 @@ windowid	windows.txt	/*windowid*
 windowid-variable	eval.txt	/*windowid-variable*
 windows	windows.txt	/*windows*
 windows-3.1	os_win32.txt	/*windows-3.1*
+windows-asynchronously	os_win32.txt	/*windows-asynchronously*
 windows-icon	os_win32.txt	/*windows-icon*
 windows-intro	windows.txt	/*windows-intro*
 windows-starting	windows.txt	/*windows-starting*
@@ -10766,6 +10893,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {offset}	pattern.txt	/*{offset}*
 {register}	change.txt	/*{register}*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
+{server}	remote.txt	/*{server}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*
 }	motion.txt	/*}*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ matches the pattern "^# *define" it is not considered to be a comment.
 If you want to list matches, and then select one to jump to, you could use a
 mapping to do that for you.  Here is an example: >
 
-  :map <F4> [I:let nr = input("Which one: ")<Bar>exe "normal " . nr ."[\t"<CR>
+  :map <F4> [I:let nr = input("Which one: ")<Bar>exe "normal " .. nr .. "[\t"<CR>
 <
 							*[i*
 [i			Display the first line that contains the keyword

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 21
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -725,12 +725,12 @@ size is wrong you can use the 'lines' and 'columns' options to set the
 correct values.
 
 One command can be used to set the screen size:
-
 						*:mod* *:mode* *E359*
 :mod[e] [mode]
 
 Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.
-[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.
+[mode] was used on MS-DOS, but it doesn't work anymore.  In |Vim9| this
+command is not supported.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Slow and fast terminals			*slow-fast-terminal*
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ an #if/#else/#endif block, the selection becomes linewise.
 For MS-Windows and xterm the time for double clicking can be set with the
 'mousetime' option.  For the other systems this time is defined outside of Vim.
 An example, for using a double click to jump to the tag under the cursor: >
-	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag ". expand("<cword>")<CR>
+	:map <2-LeftMouse> :exe "tag " .. expand("<cword>")<CR>
 
 Dragging the mouse with a double click (button-down, button-up, button-down
 and then drag) will result in whole words to be selected.  This continues

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -979,8 +979,8 @@ Currently supported commands:
 <		Calls a function defined like this: >
 			function Tapi_Impression(bufnum, arglist)
 			  if len(a:arglist) == 2
-			    echomsg "impression " . a:arglist[0]
-			    echomsg "count " . a:arglist[1]
+			    echomsg "impression " .. a:arglist[0]
+			    echomsg "count " .. a:arglist[1]
 			  endif
 			endfunc
 <		Output from `:echo` may be erased by a redraw, use `:echomsg`

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -65,8 +65,9 @@ test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
 		Like garbagecollect(), but executed right away.  This must
 		only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
 		internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
-		any function.  This will not work when called from a :def
-		function, because variables on the stack will be freed.
+		any function.   *E1142*
+		This will not work when called from a :def function, because
+		variables on the stack will be freed.
 
 
 test_garbagecollect_soon()			 *test_garbagecollect_soon()*
@@ -92,6 +93,7 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    "dropfiles"	drop one or more files in a window.
 		    "findrepl"  search and replace text
 		    "mouse"	mouse button click event.
+		    "scrollbar" move or drag the scrollbar
 		    "tabline"	select a tab page by mouse click.
 		    "tabmenu"	select a tabline menu entry.
 
@@ -113,6 +115,7 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		  |drop_file| feature is present.
 
 		"findrepl":
+		  {only available when the GUI has a find/replace dialog}
 		  Perform a search and replace of text.  The supported items
 		  in {args} are:
 		    find_text:	string to find.
@@ -149,6 +152,22 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 				    8	alt is pressed
 				   16	ctrl is pressed
 
+		"scrollbar":
+		  Set or drag the left, right or horizontal scrollbar.  Only
+		  works when the scrollbar actually exists.  The supported
+		  items in {args} are:
+		    which:	scrollbar. The supported values are:
+				    left  Left scrollbar of the current window
+				    right Right scrollbar of the current window
+				    hor   Horizontal scrollbar
+		    value:	amount to scroll.  For the vertical scrollbars
+				the value can be 1 to the line-count of the
+				buffer.  For the horizontal scrollbar the
+				value can be between 1 and the maximum line
+				length, assuming 'wrap' is not set.
+		    dragging:	1 to drag the scrollbar and 0 to click in the
+				scrollbar.
+
 		"tabline":
 		  Inject a mouse click event on the tabline to select a
 		  tabpage. The supported items in {args} are:
@@ -284,27 +303,6 @@ test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
 			GetVarname()->test_refcount()
 
 
-test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})		*test_scrollbar()*
-		Pretend using scrollbar {which} to move it to position
-		{value}.  {which} can be:
-			left	Left scrollbar of the current window
-			right	Right scrollbar of the current window
-			hor	Horizontal scrollbar
-
-		For the vertical scrollbars {value} can be 1 to the
-		line-count of the buffer.  For the horizontal scrollbar the
-		{value} can be between 1 and the maximum line length, assuming
-		'wrap' is not set.
-
-		When {dragging} is non-zero it's like dragging the scrollbar,
-		otherwise it's like clicking in the scrollbar.
-		Only works when the {which} scrollbar actually exists,
-		obviously only when using the GUI.
-
-		Can also be used as a |method|: >
-			GetValue()->test_scrollbar('right', 0)
-
-
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 		Set the mouse position to be used for the next mouse action.
 		{row} and {col} are one based.

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ What you need:
   create it with the shell command "mkid file1 file2 ..".
 
 Put this in your .vimrc: >
-	map _u :call ID_search()<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word . "\\>"<CR>
-	map _n :n<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word . "\\>"<CR>
+	map _u :call ID_search()<Bar>execute "/\\<" .. g:word .. "\\>"<CR>
+	map _n :n<Bar>execute "/\\<" .. g:word .. "\\>"<CR>
 
 	function! ID_search()
 	  let g:word = expand("<cword>")
-	  let x = system("lid --key=none ". g:word)
+	  let x = system("lid --key=none " .. g:word)
 	  let x = substitute(x, "\n", " ", "g")
-	  execute "next " . x
+	  execute "next " .. x
 	endfun
 
 To use it, place the cursor on a word, type "_u" and vim will load the file
@@ -357,12 +357,12 @@ line above and below each list entry.  The expression commands are used to
 be able to give comments to the parts of the mapping. >
 
 	:let m =     ":map _f  :set ai<CR>"   " need 'autoindent' set
-	:let m = m . "{O<Esc>"		      " add empty line above item
-	:let m = m . "}{)^W"		      " move to text after bullet
-	:let m = m . "i     <CR>     <Esc>"    " add space for indent
-	:let m = m . "gq}"		      " format text after the bullet
-	:let m = m . "{dd"		      " remove the empty line
-	:let m = m . "5lDJ"		      " put text after bullet
+	:let m ..= "{O<Esc>"		      " add empty line above item
+	:let m ..= "}{)^W"		      " move to text after bullet
+	:let m ..= "i     <CR>     <Esc>"     " add space for indent
+	:let m ..= "gq}"		      " format text after the bullet
+	:let m ..= "{dd"		      " remove the empty line
+	:let m ..= "5lDJ"		      " put text after bullet
 	:execute m			      |" define the mapping
 
 (<> notation |<>|.  Note that this is all typed literally.  ^W is "^" "W", not
@@ -514,15 +514,15 @@ A slightly more advanced version is used in the |matchparen| plugin.
 	    let c = '\['
 	    let c2 = '\]'
 	  endif
-	  let s_skip ='synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") ' .
+	  let s_skip ='synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") ' ..
 		\ '=~?	"string\\|comment"'
 	  execute 'if' s_skip '| let s_skip = 0 | endif'
 
 	  let [m_lnum, m_col] = searchpairpos(c, '', c2, s_flags, s_skip)
 
 	  if m_lnum > 0 && m_lnum >= line('w0') && m_lnum <= line('w$')
-	    exe 'match Search /\(\%' . c_lnum . 'l\%' . c_col .
-		  \ 'c\)\|\(\%' . m_lnum . 'l\%' . m_col . 'c\)/'
+	    exe 'match Search /\(\%' .. c_lnum .. 'l\%' .. c_col ..
+		  \ 'c\)\|\(\%' .. m_lnum .. 'l\%' .. m_col .. 'c\)/'
 	    let s:paren_hl_on = 1
 	  endif
 	endfunction

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 29
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,24 +38,33 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Only find a global function from Vim9 script when using "g:" ?  #9637
+Allow for assigning v:null to job/channel/funcref etc.
+- Check that the declared type is not lost.
+- Check: var d: dict<func> = {a: function('tr'), b: null}
 
-Disallow defining a script#Func() in Vim9 script.
+Fix that with s being an empty string, this returns TRUE:
+    echo s is null_string
 
-Cannot use command modifier for "import 'name.vim' as vim9"
+Make sure null types work to:
+- assign to a variable
+- use as an argument
+- use as default value of optional argument
+- use as return value
+- use in a list/dict constant, type is correct
+- revert comparing with null?
 
-When making a copy of a list or dict, do not keep the type? #9644
-    With deepcopy() all, with copy() this still fails:
-    var l: list<list<number>> = [[1], [2]]
-    l->copy()[0][0] = 'x'
+TODO item in eval.c
 
-Remove EBCDIC support?
+Really drop the Athena GUI?  And NeXtaw?
 
 Once Vim9 is stable:
-- Add all the error numbers in a good place in documentation.
-    done until E1145
-- Check code coverage, add more tests if needed.
 - Use Vim9 for runtime files.
+- Check code coverage, add more tests if needed.
+	vim9execute.c  line 1900
+	vim9expr.c
+	vim9instr.c
+	vim9script.c
+	vim9type.c
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
 - Check performance with callgrind and kcachegrind.
@@ -219,6 +228,13 @@ Use CTRL-R to specify the register to use. (#9531)
 
 Some prompts are not translated: #9495
 
+Improvement in terminal configuration mess: Request the terminfo entry from
+the terminal itself.  The $TERM value then is only relevant for whether this
+feature is supported or not.  Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each
+entry separately. #6609
+Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlaying terminal, and
+pass it on with modifications.
+
 Test_communicate_ipv6(): is flaky on many systems
 Fails in line 64 of Ch_communicate, no exception is thrown.
 
@@ -296,6 +312,9 @@ Probably because it's using MAXCOL.  #8238
 Make "g>" and "g<" in Visual mode move the text right or left.
 Also for a block selection.  #8558
 
+When using dictionary insert completion with 'ignorecase', the leading capital
+in a word should be preserved.
+
 Add optional argument to virtcol() that specifies "start", "cursor" or "end"
 to tell which value from getvvcol() should be used. (#7964)
 Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
@@ -427,9 +446,6 @@ When editing a file with ":edit" the output of :swapname is relative, while
 editing it with "vim file" it is absolute. (#355)
 Which one should it be?
 
-:map output does not clear the reset of the command line.
-(#5623, also see #5962)
-
 Problem with auto-formatting - inserting space and putting cursor before added
 character. (#6154)
 
@@ -4849,9 +4865,6 @@ Autocommands:
     CursorHoldC     - CursorHold while command-line editing
     WinMoved	    - when windows have been moved around, e.g, ":wincmd J"
     SearchPost	    - After doing a search command (e.g. to do "M")
-    PreDirChanged/PostDirChanged
-		    - Before/after ":cd" has been used (for changing the
-		      window title)
     ShutDown	    - when the system is about to shut down
     InsertCharPost  - user typed a character in Insert mode, after inserting
 		      the char.

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 08
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ Vim is Charityware.  You can use and copy it as much as you like, but you are
 encouraged to make a donation for needy children in Uganda.  Please see |kcc|
 below or visit the ICCF web site, available at these URLs:
 
-	http://iccf-holland.org/
-	http://www.vim.org/iccf/
-	http://www.iccf.nl/
+	https://iccf-holland.org/
+	https://www.vim.org/iccf/
+	https://www.iccf.nl/
 
 You can also sponsor the development of Vim.  Vim sponsors can vote for
 features.  See |sponsor|.  The money goes to Uganda anyway.
@@ -133,11 +133,12 @@ Kibaale Children's Centre		*kcc* *Kibaale*  *charity*
 Kibaale Children's Centre (KCC) is located in Kibaale, a small town in the
 south of Uganda, near Tanzania, in East Africa.  The area is known as Rakai
 District.  The population is mostly farmers.  Although people are poor, there
-is enough food.  But this district is suffering from AIDS more than any other
-part of the world.  Some say that it started there.  Estimations are that 10
-to 30% of the Ugandans are infected with HIV.  Because parents die, there are
-many orphans.  In this district about 60,000 children have lost one or both
-parents, out of a population of 350,000.  And this is still continuing.
+usually is enough food.  But this district is suffering from AIDS more than
+any other part of the world.  Some say that it started there.  Estimations are
+that in the past 10 to 30% of the Ugandans are infected with HIV.  Because
+parents die, there are many orphans.  In this district about 60,000 children
+have lost one or both parents, out of a population of 350,000.  Although AIDS
+is now mostly under control, the problems are still continuing.
 
 The children need a lot of help.  The KCC is working hard to provide the needy
 with food, medical care and education.  Food and medical care to keep them
@@ -169,10 +170,11 @@ households are stimulated to build a proper latrine.  I helped setting up a
 production site for cement slabs.  These are used to build a good latrine.
 They are sold below cost price.
 
-There is a small clinic at the project, which provides children and their
-family with medical help.  When needed, transport to a hospital is offered.
-Immunization programs are carried out and help is provided when an epidemic is
-breaking out (measles and cholera have been a problem).
+There is a clinic at the project, which provides children and their family
+medical help.  Since 2020 a maternity ward was added and 24/7 service is
+available.  When needed, transport to a hospital is offered.  Immunization
+programs are carried out and help is provided when an epidemic is breaking out
+(measles and cholera have been a problem).
 							*donate*
 Summer 1994 to summer 1995 I spent a whole year at the centre, working as a
 volunteer.  I have helped to expand the centre and worked in the area of water
@@ -214,44 +216,29 @@ Check the ICCF web site for the latest information!  See |iccf| for the URL.
 
 
 USA:		The methods mentioned below can be used.
-		Sending a check to the Nehemiah Group Outreach Society (NGOS)
-		is no longer possible, unfortunately. We are looking for
-		another way to get you an IRS tax receipt.
-		For sponsoring a child contact KCF in Canada (see below). US
-		checks can be sent to them to lower banking costs.
+		If you must send a check send it to our Canadian partner:
+		https://www.kuwasha.net/
 
-Canada:		Contact Kibaale Children's Fund (KCF) in Surrey, Canada.  They
-		take care of the Canadian sponsors for the children in
-		Kibaale.  KCF forwards 100% of the money to the project in
-		Uganda.  You can send them a one time donation directly.
+Canada:		Contact Kuwasha in Surrey, Canada.  They take care of the
+		Canadian sponsors for the children in Kibaale.  Kuwasha
+		forwards 100% of the money to the project in Uganda.  You can
+		send them a one time donation directly.
 		Please send me a note so that I know what has been donated
-		because of Vim.  Ask KCF for information about sponsorship.
-			Kibaale Children's Fund c/o Pacific Academy
-			10238-168 Street
-			Surrey, B.C. V4N 1Z4
-			Canada
-			Phone: 604-581-5353
-		If you make a donation to Kibaale Children's Fund (KCF) you
-		will receive a tax receipt which can be submitted with your
-		tax return.
+		because of Vim.  Look on their site for information about
+		sponsorship: https://www.kuwasha.net/
+		If you make a donation to Kuwasha you will receive a tax
+		receipt which can be submitted with your tax return.
 
-Holland:	Transfer to the account of "Stichting ICCF Holland" in Lisse.
-		This will allow for tax deduction if you live in Holland.
-			Postbank, nr. 4548774
-			IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
+Holland:	Transfer to the account of "Stichting ICCF Holland" in
+		Amersfoort.  This will allow for tax deduction if you live in
+		Holland.  ING bank, IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 
 Germany:	It is possible to make donations that allow for a tax return.
 		Check the ICCF web site for the latest information:
-			http://iccf-holland.org/germany.html
+			https://iccf-holland.org/germany.html
 
-World:		Use a postal money order.  That should be possible from any
-		country, mostly from the post office.  Use this name (which is
-		in my passport): "Abraham Moolenaar".  Use Euro for the
-		currency if possible.
-
-Europe:		Use a bank transfer if possible.  Your bank should have a form
-		that you can use for this.  See "Others" below for the swift
-		code and IBAN number.
+Europe:		Use a bank transfer if possible.  See "Others" below for the
+		swift code and IBAN number.
 		Any other method should work.  Ask for information about
 		sponsorship.
 
@@ -261,28 +248,12 @@ Credit Card:	You can use PayPal to send money with a Credit card.  This is
 		    https://www.paypal.com/en_US/mrb/pal=XAC62PML3GF8Q
 		The e-mail address for sending the money to is:
 		    Bram@iccf-holland.org
-		For amounts above 400 Euro ($500) sending a check is
-		preferred.
 
-Others:		Transfer to one of these accounts if possible:
-		    Postbank, account 4548774
+Others:		Transfer to this account if possible:
+		    ING bank: 	IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 				Swift code: INGBNL2A
-				IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
-			under the name "stichting ICCF Holland", Lisse
-		    If that doesn't work:
-		    Rabobank Lisse, account 3765.05.117
-				Swift code: RABO NL 2U
-			under the name "Bram Moolenaar", Lisse
-		Otherwise, send a check in euro or US dollars to the address
-		below.  Minimal amount: $70 (my bank does not accept smaller
-		amounts for foreign check, sorry)
+		    under the name "stichting ICCF Holland", Amersfoort
+		Checks are not accepted.
 
-Address to send checks to:
-			Bram Moolenaar
-			Finsterruetihof 1
-			8134 Adliswil
-			Switzerland
-
-This address is expected to be valid for a long time.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@ history file.  E.g.: >
 	au BufReadPost * call ReadUndo()
 	au BufWritePost * call WriteUndo()
 	func ReadUndo()
-	  if filereadable(expand('%:h'). '/UNDO/' . expand('%:t'))
+	  if filereadable(expand('%:h') .. '/UNDO/' .. expand('%:t'))
 	    rundo %:h/UNDO/%:t
 	  endif
 	endfunc
 	func WriteUndo()
-	  let dirname = expand('%:h') . '/UNDO'
+	  let dirname = expand('%:h') .. '/UNDO'
 	  if !isdirectory(dirname)
 	    call mkdir(dirname)
 	  endif

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ line break.  Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>".
 Enable using the mouse if available.  See 'mouse'.
 
 >
-	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" . escape(@", '\\/') . "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
+	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" .. escape(@", '\\/') .. "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
 
 This mapping yanks the visually selected text and searches for it in C files.
 You can see that a mapping can be used to do quite complicated things.  Still,

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ and avoid errors.  Such as thinking that the "-0o36" above makes the number
 negative, while it is actually seen as a subtraction.
 
 To actually have the minus sign be used for negation, you can put the second
-expression in parenthesis: >
+expression in parentheses: >
 
 	echo -0x7f (-0o36)
 
@@ -1110,7 +1110,6 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	assert_nobeep()		assert that a command does not cause a beep
 	assert_fails()		assert that a command fails
 	assert_report()		report a test failure
-	internal_get_nv_cmdchar()  normal/visual command character at an index
 	test_alloc_fail()	make memory allocation fail
 	test_autochdir()	enable 'autochdir' during startup
 	test_override()		test with Vim internal overrides
@@ -1131,7 +1130,6 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_setmouse()		set the mouse position
 	test_feedinput()	add key sequence to input buffer
 	test_option_not_set()	reset flag indicating option was set
-	test_scrollbar()	simulate scrollbar movement in the GUI
 	test_refcount()		return an expression's reference count
 	test_srand_seed()	set the seed value for srand()
 	test_unknown()		return a value with unknown type
@@ -2514,6 +2512,8 @@ continuation, as mentioned above |use-cpo-save|.
 For undoing the effect of an indent script, the b:undo_indent variable should
 be set accordingly.
 
+Both these variables use legacy script syntax, not |Vim9| syntax.
+
 
 FILE NAME
 

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 15
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 :[range]P[rint] [count] [flags]
 			Just as ":print".  Was apparently added to Vi for
 			people that keep the shift key pressed too long...
+			This command is not supported in |Vim9| script.
 			Note: A user command can overrule this command.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].
 
@@ -267,7 +268,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			name does not contain a single quote: >
 				:!ls '%'
 <			This should always work, but it's more typing: >
-				:exe "!ls " . shellescape(expand("%"))
+				:exe "!ls " .. shellescape(expand("%"))
 <			To get a literal "%" or "#" prepend it with a
 			backslash.  For example, to list all files starting
 			with "%": >
@@ -410,6 +411,7 @@ T  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
+m  *+mouse_gpm/dyn*	Same as |+mouse_gpm| with optional library dependency |/dyn|
 N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
@@ -549,7 +551,7 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			backward compatibility, the ">" after the register
 			name can be omitted.
 :redi[r] @">>		Append messages to the unnamed register.
-
+							*E1092*
 :redi[r] => {var}	Redirect messages to a variable.
 			In legacy script: If the variable doesn't exist, then
 			it is created.  If the variable exists, then it is
@@ -566,7 +568,7 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 
 :redi[r] =>> {var}	Append messages to an existing variable.  Only string
 			variables can be used.
-
+								 *E1185*
 :redi[r] END		End redirecting messages.
 
 							*:filt* *:filter*
@@ -649,7 +651,7 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			used.  In this example |:silent| is used to avoid the
 			message about reading the file and |:unsilent| to be
 			able to list the first line of each file. >
-    		:silent argdo unsilent echo expand('%') . ": " . getline(1)
+		:silent argdo unsilent echo expand('%') .. ": " .. getline(1)
 <
 
 						*:verb* *:verbose*

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -14965,7 +14965,7 @@ Solution:   Adjust autoconf. (lilydjwg)
 Files:	    src/configure.in, src/auto/configure
 
 Patch 7.3.806
-Problem:    Compiler warnings in Perl code when building with Visual studio
+Problem:    Compiler warnings in Perl code when building with Visual Studio
 	    2012. (skeept)
 Solution:   Add type casts. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 30)
 Files:	    src/if_perl.xs

runtime/doc/vim-ja.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"
+.TH VIM 1 "2021 Jun 13"
 .SH 名前
 vim \- Vi IMproved, プログラマのテキストエディタ
 .SH 書式

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 29
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ Vim9 script and legacy Vim script can be mixed.  There is no requirement to
 rewrite old scripts, they keep working as before.  You may want to use a few
 `:def` functions for code that needs to be fast.
 
-:vim9[cmd] {cmd}				*:vim9* *:vim9cmd*
-		Execute {cmd} using Vim9 script syntax and semantics.
-		Useful when typing a command and in a legacy script or
-		function.
+:vim9[cmd] {cmd}				*:vim9* *:vim9cmd* *E1164*
+		Evaluate and execute {cmd} using Vim9 script syntax and
+		semantics.  Useful when typing a command and in a legacy
+		script or function.
 
-:leg[acy] {cmd}					*:leg* *:legacy*
-		Execute {cmd} using legacy script syntax and semantics.  Only
-		useful in a Vim9 script or a :def function.
+:leg[acy] {cmd}					*:leg* *:legacy* *E1189* *E1234*
+		Evaluate and execute {cmd} using legacy script syntax and
+		semantics.  Only useful in a Vim9 script or a :def function.
 		Note that {cmd} cannot use local variables, since it is parsed
 		with legacy expression syntax.
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ rewrite old scripts, they keep working as before.  You may want to use a few
 2. Differences from legacy Vim script			*vim9-differences*
 
 Overview ~
-
+							*E1146*
 Brief summary of the differences you will most often encounter when using Vim9
 script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 - Comments start with #, not ": >
@@ -94,8 +94,20 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 	def CallMe(count: number, message: string): bool
 - Call functions without `:call`: >
 	writefile(['done'], 'file.txt')
-- You cannot use old Ex commands `:xit`, `:t`, `:k`, `:append`, `:change`,
-  `:insert`, `:open`, and `:s` or `:d` with only flags.
+- You cannot use old Ex commands:
+	`:Print`
+	`:append`
+	`:change`
+	`:d`  directly followed by 'd' or 'p'.
+	`:insert`
+	`:k`
+	`:mode`
+	`:open`
+	`:s`  with only flags
+	`:t`
+  	`:xit`
+- Some commands, especially those used for flow control, cannot be shortened.
+  E.g., `:throw` cannot be written as `:th`. *E839*
 - You cannot use curly-braces names.
 - A range before a command must be prefixed with a colon: >
 	:%s/this/that
@@ -128,7 +140,7 @@ To improve readability there must be a space between a command and the #
 that starts a comment: >
 	var name = value # comment
 	var name = value# error!
-
+<							*E1170*
 Do not start a comment with #{, it looks like the legacy dictionary literal
 and produces an error where this might be confusing.  #{{ or #{{{ are OK,
 these can be used to start a fold.
@@ -153,7 +165,7 @@ Compilation is done when any of these is encountered:
 - `:disassemble` is used for the function.
 - a function that is compiled calls the function or uses it as a function
   reference (so that the argument and return types can be checked)
-							*E1091*
+						*E1091* *E1191*
 If compilation fails it is not tried again on the next call, instead this
 error is given: "E1091: Function is not compiled: {name}".
 Compilation will fail when encountering a user command that has not been
@@ -183,14 +195,14 @@ You can call a legacy dict function though: >
 	  var d = {func: Legacy, value: 'text'}
 	  d.func()
 	enddef
-<							*E1096*
+<						*E1096* *E1174* *E1175*
 The argument types and return type need to be specified.  The "any" type can
 be used, type checking will then be done at runtime, like with legacy
 functions.
 							*E1106*
 Arguments are accessed by name, without "a:", just like any other language.
 There is no "a:" dictionary or "a:000" list.
-					*vim9-variable-arguments* *E1055*
+			*vim9-variable-arguments* *E1055* *E1160* *E1180*
 Variable arguments are defined as the last argument, with a name and have a
 list type, similar to TypeScript.  For example, a list of numbers: >
 	def MyFunc(...itemlist: list<number>)
@@ -206,7 +218,7 @@ should use its default value.  Example: >
 	enddef
 	MyFunc(v:none, 'LAST')  # first argument uses default value 'one'
 <
-						*vim9-ignored-argument*
+					*vim9-ignored-argument* *E1181*
 The argument "_" (an underscore) can be used to ignore the argument.  This is
 most useful in callbacks where you don't need it, but do need to give an
 argument to match the call.  E.g. when using map() two arguments are passed,
@@ -219,20 +231,27 @@ be given.
 Functions and variables are script-local by default ~
 							*vim9-scopes*
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a new function at the script level
-in a Vim9 script, the function is local to the script, as if "s:" was
-prefixed.  Using the "s:" prefix is optional.  To define a global function or
-variable the "g:" prefix must be used.  For functions in an autoload script
-the "name#" prefix is sufficient. >
+in a Vim9 script, the function is local to the script.  Like prefixing "s:" in
+legacy script.  To define a global function or variable the "g:" prefix must
+be used.  For functions in a script that is to be imported and in an autoload
+script "export" needs to be used. >
 	def ThisFunction()          # script-local
-	def s:ThisFunction()        # script-local
 	def g:ThatFunction()        # global
-	def scriptname#function()   # autoload
+	export def Function()       # for import and import autoload
 <						*E1058* *E1075*
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a nested function inside a `:def`
 function and no namespace was given, this nested function is local to the code
-block it is defined in.  In a `:def` function it is not possible to define a
-script-local function.  It is possible to define a global function by using
-the "g:" prefix.
+block it is defined in.  It cannot be used in `function()` with a string
+argument, pass the function reference itself: >
+	def Outer()
+	  def Inner()
+	    echo 'inner'
+	  enddef
+	  var Fok = function(Inner)     # OK
+	  var Fbad = function('Inner')  # does not work
+
+It is not possible to define a script-local function.  It is possible to
+define a global function by using the "g:" prefix.
 
 When referring to a function and no "s:" or "g:" prefix is used, Vim will
 search for the function:
@@ -244,6 +263,15 @@ start with an upper case letter even when using the "s:" prefix.  In legacy
 script "s:funcref" could be used, because it could not be referred to with
 "funcref".  In Vim9 script it can, therefore "s:Funcref" must be used to avoid
 that the name interferes with builtin functions.
+							*vim9-s-namespace*
+The use of the "s:" prefix is not supported at the Vim9 script level.  All
+functions and variables without a prefix are script-local.
+
+In :def functions the use of "s:" depends on the script: Script-local
+variables and functions in a legacy script do use "s:", while in a Vim9 script
+they do not use "s:".  This matches what you see in the rest of the file.
+
+In legacy functions the use of "s:" for script items is required, as before.
 
 In all cases the function must be defined before used.  That is when it is
 called, when `:defcompile` causes it to be compiled, or when code that calls
@@ -264,7 +292,7 @@ You can use an autoload function if needed, or call a legacy function and have
 
 
 Reloading a Vim9 script clears functions and variables by default ~
-							*vim9-reload*
+						*vim9-reload* *E1149* *E1150*
 When loading a legacy Vim script a second time nothing is removed, the
 commands will replace existing variables and functions and create new ones.
 
@@ -277,16 +305,19 @@ If you do want to keep items, use: >
 	vim9script noclear
 
 You want to use this in scripts that use a `finish` command to bail out at
-some point when loaded again.  E.g. when a buffer local option is set: >
+some point when loaded again.  E.g. when a buffer local option is set to a
+function, the function does not need to be defined more than once: >
 	vim9script noclear
 	setlocal completefunc=SomeFunc
-	if exists('*g:SomeFunc') | finish | endif
-	def g:SomeFunc()
+	if exists('*SomeFunc')
+	  finish
+	endif
+	def SomeFunc()
 	....
 
 
 Variable declarations with :var, :final and :const ~
-				*vim9-declaration* *:var*
+				*vim9-declaration* *:var* *E1079*
 				*E1017* *E1020* *E1054* *E1087* *E1108* *E1124*
 Local variables need to be declared with `:var`.  Local constants need to be
 declared with `:final` or `:const`.  We refer to both as "variables" in this
@@ -345,7 +376,8 @@ And with autocommands: >
 	   }
 
 Although using a :def function probably works better.
-				*E1022* *E1103* *E1130* *E1131* *E1133* *E1134*
+				*E1022* *E1103* *E1130* *E1131* *E1133*
+				*E1134* *E1235*
 Declaring a variable with a type but without an initializer will initialize to
 false (for bool), empty (for string, list, dict, etc.) or zero (for number,
 any, etc.).  This matters especially when using the "any" type, the value will
@@ -355,13 +387,16 @@ In Vim9 script `:let` cannot be used.  An existing variable is assigned to
 without any command.  The same for global, window, tab, buffer and Vim
 variables, because they are not really declared.  Those can also be deleted
 with `:unlet`.
-
+							*E1065*
+You cannot use `:va` to declare a variable, it must be written with the full
+name `:var`.  Just to make sure it is easy to read.
+							*E1178*
 `:lockvar` does not work on local variables.  Use `:const` and `:final`
 instead.
 
 The `exists()` and `exists_compiled()` functions do not work on local variables
 or arguments.
-						*E1006* *E1041*
+				*E1006* *E1041* *E1167* *E1168* *E1213*
 Variables, functions and function arguments cannot shadow previously defined
 or imported variables and functions in the same script file.
 Variables may shadow Ex commands, rename the variable if needed.
@@ -372,13 +407,12 @@ Global variables must be prefixed with "g:", also at the script level. >
 	g:global = 'value'
 	var Funcref = g:ThatFunction
 
-Global functions must be prefixed with "g:" when defining them, but can be
-called without "g:". >
+Global functions must be prefixed with "g:": >
 	vim9script
 	def g:GlobalFunc(): string
 	  return 'text'
 	enddef
-	echo GlobalFunc()
+	echo g:GlobalFunc()
 The "g:" prefix is not needed for auto-load functions.
 
 					*vim9-function-defined-later*
@@ -415,7 +449,7 @@ similar to how a function argument can be ignored: >
 	[a, _, c] = theList
 To ignore any remaining items: >
 	[a, b; _] = longList
-
+<							*E1163* *E1080*
 Declaring more than one variable at a time, using the unpack notation, is
 possible.  Each variable can have a type or infer it from the value: >
 	var [v1: number, v2] = GetValues()
@@ -457,7 +491,7 @@ The constant only applies to the value itself, not what it refers to. >
 
 
 Omitting :call and :eval ~
-
+							*E1190*
 Functions can be called without `:call`: >
 	writefile(lines, 'file')
 Using `:call` is still possible, but this is discouraged.
@@ -517,7 +551,8 @@ because of the use of argument types.
 To avoid these problems Vim9 script uses a different syntax for a lambda,
 which is similar to JavaScript: >
 	var Lambda = (arg) => expression
-
+	var Lambda = (arg): type => expression
+<							*E1157*
 No line break is allowed in the arguments of a lambda up to and including the
 "=>" (so that Vim can tell the difference between an expression in parentheses
 and lambda arguments).  This is OK: >
@@ -533,7 +568,7 @@ But you can use a backslash to concatenate the lines before parsing: >
 	filter(list, (k,
 		\	v)
 		\	=> v > 0)
-<							*vim9-lambda-arguments*
+<					*vim9-lambda-arguments* *E1172*
 In legacy script a lambda could be called with any number of extra arguments,
 there was no way to warn for not using them.  In Vim9 script the number of
 arguments must match.  If you do want to accept any arguments, or any further
@@ -542,7 +577,7 @@ arguments, use "..._", which makes the function accept
 	var Callback = (..._) => 'anything'
 	echo Callback(1, 2, 3)  # displays "anything"
 
-<							*inline-function*
+<						*inline-function* *E1171*
 Additionally, a lambda can contain statements in {}: >
 	var Lambda = (arg) => {
 		g:was_called = 'yes'
@@ -736,7 +771,7 @@ Notes:
 
 
 White space ~
-				*E1004* *E1068* *E1069* *E1074* *E1127*
+			*E1004* *E1068* *E1069* *E1074* *E1127* *E1202*
 Vim9 script enforces proper use of white space.  This is no longer allowed: >
 	var name=234	# Error!
 	var name= 234	# Error!
@@ -770,7 +805,7 @@ White space is not allowed:
 	Func(
 	      arg	   # OK
 	      )
-
+<							*E1205*
 White space is not allowed in a `:set` command between the option name and a
 following "&", "!", "<", "=", "+=", "-=" or "^=".
 
@@ -780,6 +815,11 @@ No curly braces expansion ~
 |curly-braces-names| cannot be used.
 
 
+Command modifiers are not ignored ~
+								*E1176*
+Using a command modifier for a command that does not use it gives an error.
+
+
 Dictionary literals ~
 						*vim9-literal-dict* *E1014*
 Traditionally Vim has supported dictionary literals with a {} syntax: >
@@ -824,6 +864,7 @@ Instead of `:k` you can use `:mark`.
 Comparators ~
 
 The 'ignorecase' option is not used for comparators that use strings.
+Thus "=~" works like "=~#".
 
 
 Abort after error ~
@@ -838,7 +879,7 @@ error.  Example: >
 
 
 For loop ~
-
+							*E1254*
 The loop variable must not be declared yet: >
 	var i = 1
 	for i in [1, 2, 3]   # Error!
@@ -926,10 +967,37 @@ always converted to string: >
 Simple types are Number, Float, Special and Bool.  For other types |string()|
 should be used.
 						*false* *true* *null* *E1034*
-In Vim9 script one can use "true" for v:true, "false" for v:false and "null"
-for v:null.  When converting a boolean to a string "false" and "true" are
-used, not "v:false" and "v:true" like in legacy script.  "v:none" is not
-changed, it is only used in JSON and has no equivalent in other languages.
+In Vim9 script one can use the following predefined values: >
+	true
+	false
+	null
+	null_blob
+	null_channel
+	null_dict
+	null_function
+	null_job
+	null_list
+	null_partial
+	null_string
+`true` is the same as `v:true`, `false` the same as `v:false`, `null` the same
+as `v:null`.
+
+While `null` has the type "special", the other "null_" types have the type
+indicated by their name.  Quite often a null value is handled the same as an
+empty value, but not always.  The values can be useful to clear a script-local
+variable, since they cannot be deleted with `:unlet`.  E.g.: >
+	var theJob = job_start(...)
+	# let the job do its work
+	theJob = null_job
+
+The values can also be useful as the default value for an argument: >
+	def MyFunc(b: blob = null_blob)
+	   if b == null_blob
+	      # b argument was not given
+
+When converting a boolean to a string `false` and `true` are used, not
+`v:false` and `v:true` like in legacy script.  `v:none` has no `none`
+replacement, it has no equivalent in other languages.
 
 Indexing a string with [idx] or taking a slice with [idx : idx] uses character
 indexes instead of byte indexes.  Composing characters are included.
@@ -1104,7 +1172,7 @@ Using ++var or --var in an expression is not supported yet.
 			later in Vim9 script.  They can only be removed by
 			reloading the same script.
 
-							*:enddef* *E1057*
+					*:enddef* *E1057* *E1152* *E1173*
 :enddef			End of a function defined with `:def`. It should be on
 			a line by its own.
 
@@ -1183,6 +1251,67 @@ for each closure call a function to define it: >
 	echo range(5)->map((i, _) => flist[i]())
 	# Result: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
 
+In some situations, especially when calling a Vim9 closure from legacy
+context, the evaluation will fail.  *E1248*
+
+
+Converting a function from legacy to Vim9 ~
+					*convert_legacy_function_to_vim9*
+These are the most changes that need to be made to convert a legacy function
+to a Vim9 function:
+
+- Change `func` or `function` to `def`.
+- Change `endfunc` or `endfunction` to `enddef`.
+- Add types to the function arguments.
+- If the function returns something, add the return type.
+- Change comments to start with # instead of ".
+
+  For example, a legacy function: >
+	func MyFunc(text)
+	  " function body
+	endfunc
+<  Becomes: >
+	def MyFunc(text: string): number
+	  # function body
+	enddef
+
+- Remove "a:" used for arguments. E.g.: >
+	return len(a:text)
+<  Becomes: >
+	return len(text)
+
+- Change `let` used to declare a variable to `var`.
+- Remove `let` used to assign a value to a variable.  This is for local
+  variables already declared and b: w: g: and t: variables.
+
+  For example, legacy function: >
+	  let lnum = 1
+	  let lnum += 3
+	  let b:result = 42
+<  Becomes: >
+	  var lnum = 1
+	  lnum += 3
+	  b:result = 42
+
+- Insert white space in expressions where needed.
+- Change "." used for concatenation to "..".
+
+  For example, legacy function: >
+	  echo line(1).line(2)
+<  Becomes: >
+	  echo line(1) .. line(2)
+
+- line continuation does not always require a backslash: >
+  	echo ['one',
+		\ 'two',
+		\ 'three'
+		\ ]
+<  Becomes: >
+	echo ['one',
+		'two',
+		'three'
+		]
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 4. Types					*vim9-types*
@@ -1209,7 +1338,7 @@ Not supported yet:
 
 These types can be used in declarations, but no simple value will actually
 have the "void" type.  Trying to use a void (e.g. a function without a
-return value) results in error *E1031* .
+return value) results in error *E1031*  *E1186* .
 
 There is no array type, use list<{type}> instead.  For a list constant an
 efficient implementation is used that avoids allocating lot of small pieces of
@@ -1331,13 +1460,23 @@ Results in:
 For script-local variables in Vim9 script the type is checked, also when the
 variable was declared in a legacy function.
 
-When a type has been declared this is attached to a list or string.  When
+When a type has been declared this is attached to a List or Dictionary.  When
 later some expression attempts to change the type an error will be given: >
 	var ll: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
-	ll->extend('x')  # Error, 'x' is not a number
+	ll->extend(['x'])  # Error, 'x' is not a number
 
-If the type is inferred then the type is allowed to change: >
-	[1, 2, 3]->extend('x')  # result: [1, 2, 3, 'x']
+If the type is not declared then it is allowed to change: >
+	[1, 2, 3]->extend(['x'])  # result: [1, 2, 3, 'x']
+
+For a variable declaration an inferred type matters: >
+	var ll = [1, 2, 3]
+	ll->extend(['x'])  # Error, 'x' is not a number
+That is because the declaration looks like a list of numbers, thus is
+equivalent to: >
+	var ll: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
+If you do want a more permissive list you need to declare the type: >
+	var ll: list<any = [1, 2, 3]
+	ll->extend(['x'])  # OK
 
 
 Stricter type checking ~
@@ -1346,32 +1485,67 @@ In legacy Vim script, where a number was expected, a string would be
 automatically converted to a number.  This was convenient for an actual number
 such as "123", but leads to unexpected problems (and no error message) if the
 string doesn't start with a number.  Quite often this leads to hard-to-find
-bugs.
-
+bugs. e.g.: >
+	echo 123 == '123'
+<	1 ~
+With an accidental space: >
+	echo 123 == ' 123'
+<	0 ~
+							*E1206* *E1210* *E1212*
 In Vim9 script this has been made stricter.  In most places it works just as
-before, if the value used matches the expected type.  There will sometimes be
+before if the value used matches the expected type.  There will sometimes be
 an error, thus breaking backwards compatibility.  For example:
 - Using a number other than 0 or 1 where a boolean is expected.  *E1023*
 - Using a string value when setting a number option.
 - Using a number where a string is expected.   *E1024* *E1105*
 
 One consequence is that the item type of a list or dict given to |map()| must
-not change.  This will give an error in Vim9 script: >
-	echo map([1, 2, 3], (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
-	E1012: Type mismatch; expected number but got string
-Instead use |mapnew()|: >
-	echo mapnew([1, 2, 3], (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
-	['item 0', 'item 1', 'item 2']
+not change, if the type was declared.  This will give an error in Vim9
+script: >
+	var mylist: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
+	echo map(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
+<	E1012: Type mismatch; expected number but got string in map() ~
 
-If the item type was determined to be "any" it can change to a more specific
-type.  E.g. when a list of mixed types gets changed to a list of strings: >
+Instead use |mapnew()|, it creates a new list: >
+	var mylist: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
+	echo mapnew(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
+<	['item 0', 'item 1', 'item 2'] ~
+
+If the item type was not declared or determined to be "any" it can change to a
+more specific type.  E.g. when a list of mixed types gets changed to a list of
+strings: >
 	var mylist = [1, 2.0, '3']
 	# typename(mylist) == "list<any>"
 	map(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)
 	# typename(mylist) == "list<string>", no error
 
+There is a subtle difference between using a list constant directly and
+through a variable declaration.  Because of type inference, when using a list
+constant to initialize a variable, this also sets the declared type: >
+	var mylist = [1, 2, 3]
+	# typename(mylist) == "list<number>"
+	echo map(mylist, (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)  # Error!
+
+When using the list constant directly, the type is not declared and is allowed
+to change: >
+	echo map([1, 2, 3], (i, v) => 'item ' .. i)  # OK
+
+The reasoning behind this is that when a type is declared and the list is
+passed around and changed, the declaration must always hold.  So that you can
+rely on the type to match the declared type.  For a constant this is not
+needed.
+
+								*E1158*
 Same for |extend()|, use |extendnew()| instead, and for |flatten()|, use
-|flattennew()| instead.
+|flattennew()| instead.  Since |flatten()| is intended to always change the
+type, it can not be used in Vim9 script.
+
+			 *E1211* *E1217* *E1218* *E1219* *E1220* *E1221*
+			 *E1222* *E1223* *E1224* *E1225* *E1226* *E1227*
+			 *E1228* *E1238* *E1250* *E1251* *E1252* *E1253*
+			 *E1256*
+Types are checked for most builtin functions to make it easier to spot
+mistakes.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
@@ -1460,16 +1634,16 @@ be exported. {not implemented yet: class, interface}
 
 
 Import ~
-					*:import* *:imp* *E1094* *E1047*
-					*E1048* *E1049* *E1053* *E1071*
+					*:import* *:imp* *E1094* *E1047* *E1262*
+					*E1048* *E1049* *E1053* *E1071* *E1236*
 The exported items can be imported in another Vim9 script: >
 	import "myscript.vim"
 
 This makes each item available as "myscript.item".
-							*:import-as*
+						*:import-as* *E1257* *E1261*
 In case the name is long or ambiguous, another name can be specified: >
 	import "thatscript.vim" as that
-<							*E1060*
+<						*E1060* *E1258* *E1259* *E1260*
 Then you can use "that.EXPORTED_CONST", "that.someValue", etc.  You are free
 to choose the name "that".  Use something that will be recognized as referring
 to the imported script.  Avoid command names, command modifiers and builtin
@@ -1527,17 +1701,19 @@ line, there can be no line break: >
 	echo that
 		.name  # Error!
 <							*:import-cycle*
-The `import` commands are executed when encountered.  If that script (directly
-or indirectly) imports the current script, then items defined after the
-`import` won't be processed yet.  Therefore cyclic imports can exist, but may
-result in undefined items.
+The `import` commands are executed when encountered.  If script A imports
+script B, and B (directly or indirectly) imports A, this will be skipped over.
+At this point items in A after "import B" will not have been processed and
+defined yet.  Therefore cyclic imports can exist and not result in an error
+directly, but may result in an error for items in A after "import B" not being
+defined.  This does not apply to autoload imports, see the next section.
 
 
 Importing an autoload script ~
 							*vim9-autoload*
 For optimal startup speed, loading scripts should be postponed until they are
 actually needed.  Using the autoload mechanism is recommended:
-
+							*E1264*
 1. In the plugin define user commands, functions and/or mappings that refer to
    items imported from an autoload script. >
 	import autoload 'for/search.vim'
@@ -1627,6 +1803,17 @@ threaded, connecting asynchronous operations is a natural way of allowing
 plugins to do their work without blocking the user.  It's a uniform way to
 invoke callbacks and handle timeouts and errors.
 
+Some commands have already been reserved:
+	*:class*
+	*:endclass*
+	*:abstract*
+	*:enum*
+	*:endenum*
+	*:interface*
+	*:endinterface*
+	*:static*
+	*:type*
+
 Some examples: >
 
 	abstract class Person 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-S						*CTRL-W_CTRL-S*
 		Note: CTRL-S does not work on all terminals and might block
 		further input, use CTRL-Q to get going again.
 		Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
-							*E242*
+							*E242* *E1159*
 		Be careful when splitting a window in an autocommand, it may
 		mess up the window layout if this happens while making other
 		window layout changes.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ These commands can also be executed with ":wincmd":
 		the |CursorHold| autocommand event).  Or when a Normal mode
 		command is inconvenient.
 		The count can also be a window number.  Example: >
-			:exe nr . "wincmd w"
+			:exe nr .. "wincmd w"
 <		This goes to window "nr".
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -964,12 +964,12 @@ CTRL-W g }						*CTRL-W_g}*
 		cursor.  This is less clever than using |:ptag|, but you don't
 		need a tags file and it will also find matches in system
 		include files.  Example: >
-  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! psearch " . expand("<cword>")
+  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! psearch " .. expand("<cword>")
 <		Warning: This can be slow.
 
 Example						*CursorHold-example*  >
 
-  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! ptag " . expand("<cword>")
+  :au! CursorHold *.[ch] ++nested exe "silent! ptag " .. expand("<cword>")
 
 This will cause a ":ptag" to be executed for the keyword under the cursor,
 when the cursor hasn't moved for the time set with 'updatetime'.  The "nested"
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ is no word under the cursor, and a few other things: >
   :
   :    " Try displaying a matching tag for the word under the cursor
   :    try
-  :       exe "ptag " . w
+  :       exe "ptag " .. w
   :    catch
   :      return
   :    endtry
@@ -1011,10 +1011,10 @@ is no word under the cursor, and a few other things: >
   :	 endif
   :	 call search("$", "b")		" to end of previous line
   :	 let w = substitute(w, '\\', '\\\\', "")
-  :	 call search('\<\V' . w . '\>')	" position cursor on match
+  :	 call search('\<\V' .. w .. '\>')	" position cursor on match
   :	 " Add a match highlight to the word at this position
   :      hi previewWord term=bold ctermbg=green guibg=green
-  :	 exe 'match previewWord "\%' . line(".") . 'l\%' . col(".") . 'c\k*"'
+  :	 exe 'match previewWord "\%' .. line(".") .. 'l\%' .. col(".") .. 'c\k*"'
   :      wincmd p			" back to old window
   :    endif
   :  endif

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Jan 29
+" Last Change:	2022 Feb 13
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ endif
 " file name matches ft_ignore_pat.
 " When using this, the entry should probably be further down below with the
 " other StarSetf() calls.
-func! s:StarSetf(ft)
+func s:StarSetf(ft)
   if expand("<amatch>") !~ g:ft_ignore_pat
     exe 'setf ' . a:ft
   endif
@@ -229,6 +229,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bib			setf bib
 " BibTeX Bibliography Style
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bst			setf bst
 
+" Bicep
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bicep			setf bicep
+
 " BIND configuration
 " sudoedit uses namedXXXX.conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead named*.conf,rndc*.conf,rndc*.key	setf named
@@ -481,6 +484,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/dnsmasq.conf	setf dnsmasq
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.desc			setf desc
 
 " the D language or dtrace
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */dtrace/*.d		setf dtrace
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.d			call dist#ft#DtraceCheck()
 
 " Desktop files
@@ -727,6 +731,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 
+" Glimmer-flavored TypeScript and JavaScript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gts	setf typescript.glimmer
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gjs	setf javascript.glimmer
+
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi,.gnuplot		setf gnuplot
 
@@ -1547,6 +1555,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.r,*.R				call dist#ft#FTr()
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders,*.remind,*.rem		setf remind
 
+" ReScript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.res,*.resi			setf rescript
+
 " Resolv.conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead resolv.conf		setf resolv
 
@@ -1789,6 +1800,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mib,*.my		setf mib
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hog,snort.conf,vision.conf	setf hog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rules			call dist#ft#FTRules()
 
+" Solidity
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.sol			setf solidity
+
 " SPARQL queries
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rq,*.sparql		setf sparql
 
@@ -2051,7 +2065,7 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hw,*.module,*.pkg
 	\ endif
 
 " Visual Basic (also uses *.bas) or FORM
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.frm			call dist#ft#FTVB("form")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.frm			call dist#ft#FTfrm()
 
 " SaxBasic is close to Visual Basic
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sba			setf vb
@@ -2513,7 +2527,7 @@ endif
 " Function called for testing all functions defined here.  These are
 " script-local, thus need to be executed here.
 " Returns a string with error messages (hopefully empty).
-func! TestFiletypeFuncs(testlist)
+func TestFiletypeFuncs(testlist)
   let output = ''
   for f in a:testlist
     try

runtime/ftplugin.vim

@@ -1,35 +1,43 @@
-" Vim support file to switch on loading plugins for file types
-"
-" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2006 Apr 30
+vim9script noclear
 
-if exists("did_load_ftplugin")
+# Vim support file to switch on loading plugins for file types
+#
+# Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+# Last change:	2022 Feb 11
+
+if exists("g:did_load_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
-let did_load_ftplugin = 1
+g:did_load_ftplugin = 1
 
 augroup filetypeplugin
-  au FileType * call s:LoadFTPlugin()
+  au FileType * call LoadFTPlugin()
+augroup END
 
-  func! s:LoadFTPlugin()
+if exists('*LoadFTPlugin')
+  # No need to define the function again.
+  finish
+endif
+
+def LoadFTPlugin()
   if exists("b:undo_ftplugin")
-      exe b:undo_ftplugin
+    # We assume b:undo_ftplugin is using legacy script syntax
+    legacy exe b:undo_ftplugin
     unlet! b:undo_ftplugin b:did_ftplugin
   endif
 
-    let s = expand("<amatch>")
+  var s = expand("<amatch>")
   if s != ""
     if &cpo =~# "S" && exists("b:did_ftplugin")
-	" In compatible mode options are reset to the global values, need to
-	" set the local values also when a plugin was already used.
+      # In compatible mode options are reset to the global values, need to
+      # set the local values also when a plugin was already used.
       unlet b:did_ftplugin
     endif
 
-      " When there is a dot it is used to separate filetype names.  Thus for
-      " "aaa.bbb" load "aaa" and then "bbb".
+    # When there is a dot it is used to separate filetype names.  Thus for
+    # "aaa.bbb" load "aaa" and then "bbb".
     for name in split(s, '\.')
-	exe 'runtime! ftplugin/' . name . '.vim ftplugin/' . name . '_*.vim ftplugin/' . name . '/*.vim'
+      exe 'runtime! ftplugin/' .. name .. '.vim ftplugin/' .. name .. '_*.vim ftplugin/' .. name .. '/*.vim'
     endfor
   endif
-  endfunc
-augroup END
+enddef

runtime/ftplugin/ant.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	ant
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/aspvbs.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	aspvbs
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/config.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	config
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/csc.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	csc
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/csh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:		csh
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Contributor:		Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
 " Last Change:		2021 Oct 15
 

runtime/ftplugin/dtd.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	dtd
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/html.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	html
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/java.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Java
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Change:  2012 Mar 11
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/jsp.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	jsp
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/pascal.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:		Pascal
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Change:		2021 Apr 23
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif

runtime/ftplugin/php.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	php
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/sgml.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	sgml
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/sh.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	sh
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/svg.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	svg
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/tcsh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:		tcsh
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Change:		2021 Oct 15
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif

runtime/ftplugin/xhtml.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	xhtml
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 "   Maintainer:	Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Last Changed: Dec 07th, 2018
 "   Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
-" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 "          URL:		      http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif

runtime/ftplugin/xsd.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	xsd
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/xslt.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	xslt
-" Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
+"
+" This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
+"
+" Former maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Last Changed: 20 Jan 2009
-" URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 

runtime/ftplugof.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,15 @@
-" Vim support file to switch off loading plugins for file types
-"
-" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2011 Oct 20
+vim9script
 
-if exists("did_load_ftplugin")
-  unlet did_load_ftplugin
+# Vim support file to switch off loading plugins for file types
+#
+# Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+# Last Change:	2022 Feb 09
+
+if exists("g:did_load_ftplugin")
+  unlet g:did_load_ftplugin
 endif
 
-" Remove all autocommands in the filetypeplugin group, if any exist.
+# Remove all autocommands in the filetypeplugin group, if any exist.
 if exists("#filetypeplugin")
   silent! au! filetypeplugin *
 endif

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Name[de]=GVim
 Name[eo]=GVim
 Name[fi]=GVim
 Name[fr]=GVim
+Name[ga]=GVim
 Name[it]=GVim
 Name[ru]=GVim
 Name[sr]=GVim
@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@ GenericName[de]=Texteditor
 GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
 GenericName[fi]=Tekstinmuokkain
 GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
+GenericName[ga]=Eagarthóir Téacs
 GenericName[it]=Editor di testi
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
 GenericName[ru]=Текстовый редактор
@@ -27,6 +29,7 @@ Comment[de]=Textdateien bearbeiten
 Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
 Comment[fi]=Muokkaa tekstitiedostoja
 Comment[fr]=Éditer des fichiers texte
+Comment[ga]=Cuir comhaid téacs in eagar
 Comment[it]=Edita file di testo
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
 Comment[ru]=Редактирование текстовых файлов
@@ -57,7 +60,6 @@ Comment[es]=Edita archivos de texto
 Comment[et]=Redigeeri tekstifaile
 Comment[eu]=Editatu testu-fitxategiak
 Comment[fa]=ویرایش پرونده‌های متنی
-Comment[ga]=Eagar comhad Téacs
 Comment[gu]=લખાણ ફાઇલોમાં ફેરફાર કરો
 Comment[he]=ערוך קבצי טקסט
 Comment[hi]=पाठ फ़ाइलें संपादित करें
@@ -107,6 +109,7 @@ Keywords[de]=Text;Editor;
 Keywords[eo]=Teksto;redaktilo;
 Keywords[fi]=Teksti;muokkain;editori;
 Keywords[fr]=Texte;éditeur;
+Keywords[ga]=Téacs;eagarthóir;
 Keywords[it]=Testo;editor;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;
 Keywords[ru]=текст;текстовый редактор;

runtime/indent.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to switch on loading indent files for file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2008 Feb 22
+" Last Change:	2022 Feb 11
 
 if exists("did_indent_on")
   finish
@@ -10,22 +10,23 @@ let did_indent_on = 1
 
 augroup filetypeindent
   au FileType * call s:LoadIndent()
-  func! s:LoadIndent()
+augroup END
+
+def s:LoadIndent()
   if exists("b:undo_indent")
-      exe b:undo_indent
+    legacy exe b:undo_indent
     unlet! b:undo_indent b:did_indent
   endif
-    let s = expand("<amatch>")
+  var s = expand("<amatch>")
   if s != ""
     if exists("b:did_indent")
       unlet b:did_indent
     endif
 
-      " When there is a dot it is used to separate filetype names.  Thus for
-      " "aaa.bbb" load "indent/aaa.vim" and then "indent/bbb.vim".
+    # When there is a dot it is used to separate filetype names.  Thus for
+    # "aaa.bbb" load "indent/aaa.vim" and then "indent/bbb.vim".
     for name in split(s, '\.')
-	exe 'runtime! indent/' . name . '.vim'
+      exe 'runtime! indent/' .. name .. '.vim'
     endfor
   endif
-  endfunc
-augroup END
+enddef

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent script for HTML
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2021 Jun 13
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 31
 " Version:	1.0 "{{{
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -149,6 +149,15 @@ func HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
       let b:html_indent_line_limit = 200
     endif
   endif
+
+  if exists('b:html_indent_attribute')
+    let b:hi_attr_indent = b:html_indent_attribute
+  elseif exists('g:html_indent_attribute')
+    let b:hi_attr_indent = g:html_indent_attribute
+  else
+    let b:hi_attr_indent = 2
+  endif
+
 endfunc "}}}
 
 " Init Script Vars
@@ -946,11 +955,11 @@ func s:InsideTag(foundHtmlString)
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '\s\+\zs\w')
     endif
     if idx == -1
-      " after just "<tag" indent two levels more
+      " after just "<tag" indent two levels more by default
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '$')
       if idx >= 0
 	call cursor(lnum, idx + 1)
-	return virtcol('.') - 1 + shiftwidth() * 2
+	return virtcol('.') - 1 + shiftwidth() * b:hi_attr_indent
       endif
     endif
     if idx > 0

runtime/indent/testdir/html.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" vim: set ft=html sw=4 :
+" vim: set ft=html sw=4 ts=8 :
 
 
 " START_INDENT
@@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ dd text
 dt text
 </dt>
 </dl>
+<div
+class="test"
+style="color: yellow">
+text
+</div>
 
     </body>
 </html>
@@ -50,6 +55,7 @@ dt text
 % START_INDENT
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_script1 = "zero"
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_attribute = 1
 % INDENT_EXE call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
 <html>
     <body>
@@ -61,6 +67,11 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 	var v1 = "v1";
 var v2 = "v2";
     </script>
+<div
+class="test"
+style="color: yellow">
+text
+</div>
 </body>
 </html>
 % END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/html.ok

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" vim: set ft=html sw=4 :
+" vim: set ft=html sw=4 ts=8 :
 
 
 " START_INDENT
@@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 		dt text
 	    </dt>
 	</dl>
+	<div
+		class="test"
+		style="color: yellow">
+	    text
+	</div>
 
     </body>
 </html>
@@ -50,6 +55,7 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 % START_INDENT
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_script1 = "zero"
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_attribute = 1
 % INDENT_EXE call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
 <html>
     <body>
@@ -61,6 +67,11 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 var v1 = "v1";
 var v2 = "v2";
 	</script>
+	<div
+	    class="test"
+	    style="color: yellow">
+	    text
+	</div>
     </body>
 </html>
 % END_INDENT

runtime/indent/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Vim script
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2021 Nov 27
+" Last Change:	2022 Mar 01
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetVimIndent()
-setlocal indentkeys+==end,=},=else,=cat,=finall,=END,0\\,0=\"\\\ 
+setlocal indentkeys+==endif,=enddef,=endfu,=endfor,=endwh,=endtry,=},=else,=cat,=finall,=END,0\\,0=\"\\\ 
 setlocal indentkeys-=0#
 setlocal indentkeys-=:
 
@@ -103,8 +103,9 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
     " A line starting with :au does not increment/decrement indent.
     " A { may start a block or a dict.  Assume that when a } follows it's a
     " terminated dict.
+    " ":function" starts a block but "function(" doesn't.
     if prev_text !~ '^\s*au\%[tocmd]' && prev_text !~ '^\s*{.*}'
-      let i = match(prev_text, '\(^\||\)\s*\(export\s\+\)\?\({\|\(if\|wh\%[ile]\|for\|try\|cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finall\%[y]\|fu\%[nction]\|def\|el\%[seif]\)\>\)')
+      let i = match(prev_text, '\(^\||\)\s*\(export\s\+\)\?\({\|\(if\|wh\%[ile]\|for\|try\|cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finall\%[y]\|def\|el\%[seif]\)\>\|fu\%[nction][! ]\)')
       if i >= 0
 	let ind += shiftwidth()
 	if strpart(prev_text, i, 1) == '|' && has('syntax_items')
@@ -170,10 +171,15 @@ function GetVimIndentIntern()
     let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
-  " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on a :endif, :endwhile, :catch, :finally, :endtry,
-  " :endfun, :enddef, :else and :augroup END.
-  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(ene\@!\|cat\|finall\|el\|aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
+  " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on a :endif, :endwhile, :endfor, :catch, :finally,
+  " :endtry, :endfun, :enddef, :else and :augroup END.
+  " Although ":en" would be enough only match short command names as in
+  " 'indentkeys'.
+  if cur_text =~ '^\s*\(endif\|endwh\|endfor\|endtry\|endfu\|enddef\|cat\|finall\|else\|aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)'
     let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+    if ind < 0
+      let ind = 0
+    endif
   endif
 
   return ind

runtime/lang/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+# Author: Ada (Haowen) Yu <me@yuhaowen.com>
+
+all: \
+		menu_chinese_gb.936.vim \
+		menu_uk_ua.cp1251.vim \
+		menu_uk_ua.koi8-u.vim \
+		menu_chinese_taiwan.950.vim \
+		menu_cs_cz.iso_8859-2.vim \
+		menu_czech_czech_republic.1250.vim \
+		menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim \
+		menu_japanese_japan.932.vim \
+		menu_ko_kr.euckr.vim \
+		menu_pl_pl.iso_8859-2.vim \
+		menu_polish_poland.1250.vim \
+		menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim \
+		menu_sl_si.cp1250.vim \
+		menu_sl_si.latin2.vim \
+		menu_slovak_slovak_republic.1250.vim \
+		menu_tr_tr.cp1254.vim \
+		menu_tr_tr.iso_8859-9.vim \
+		menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-5.vim \
+		menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-2.vim \
+		menu_sr_rs.ascii.vim \
+		menu_czech_czech_republic.ascii.vim \
+
+# Convert menu_zh_cn.utf-8.vim to create menu_chinese_gb.936.vim.
+menu_chinese_gb.936.vim: menu_zh_cn.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_chinese_gb.936.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp936 menu_zh_cn.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp936/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_zh_cn.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_chinese_gb.936.vim
+
+# Convert menu_zh_tw.utf-8.vim to create menu_chinese_taiwan.950.vim.
+menu_chinese_taiwan.950.vim: menu_zh_tw.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_chinese_taiwan.950.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp950 menu_zh_tw.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp950/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_zh_tw.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_chinese_taiwan.950.vim
+
+# Convert menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim to create menu_cs_cz.iso_8859-2.vim.
+menu_cs_cz.iso_8859-2.vim: menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_cs_cz.iso_8859-2.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t iso8859-2 menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding iso8859-2/' \
+			-e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' \
+			-e 's/\(" Menu Translations:.*\)(.*)/\1(ISO8859-2)/'  \
+			> menu_cs_cz.iso_8859-2.vim
+
+# Convert menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim to create menu_czech_czech_republic.1250.vim.
+menu_czech_czech_republic.1250.vim: menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_czech_czech_republic.1250.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp1250 menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp1250/'  \
+		-e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/'  \
+		-e 's/\(" Menu Translations:.*\)(.*)/\1(CP1250)/'  \
+		> menu_czech_czech_republic.1250.vim
+
+# Convert menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim to create menu_czech_czech_republic.ascii.vim.
+menu_czech_czech_republic.ascii.vim: menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_czech_czech_republic.ascii.vim
+	sed -e 's/Á/A/g' -e 's/á/a/g' -e 's/Č/C/g' -e 's/č/c/g' -e 's/Ď/D/g' \
+		-e 's/ď/d/g' -e 's/É/E/g' -e 's/é/e/g' -e 's/Ě/E/g' -e 's/ě/e/g' \
+		-e 's/Í/I/g' -e 's/í/i/g' -e 's/Ň/N/g' -e 's/ň/n/g' -e 's/Ó/O/g' \
+		-e 's/ó/o/g' -e 's/Ř/R/g' -e 's/ř/r/g' -e 's/Š/S/g' -e 's/š/s/g' \
+		-e 's/Ť/T/g' -e 's/ť/t/g' -e 's/Ú/U/g' -e 's/ú/u/g' -e 's/Ů/U/g' \
+		-e 's/ů/u/g' -e 's/Ý/Y/g' -e 's/ý/y/g' -e 's/Ž/Z/g' -e 's/ž/z/g' \
+		-e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding latin1/'  \
+		-e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' \
+		-e 's/\(" Menu Translations:.*\)(.*)/\1(ASCII - without diacritics)/'  \
+	menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim > menu_czech_czech_republic.ascii.vim
+
+# Convert menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim to create menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim.
+menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim: menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t euc-jp menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding euc-jp/'  \
+		-e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/'  \
+		-e 's/\(" Menu Translations:.*\)(.*)/\1(EUC-JP)/'  \
+		> menu_ja_jp.euc-jp.vim
+
+# Convert menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim to create menu_japanese_japan.932.vim.
+menu_japanese_japan.932.vim: menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_japanese_japan.932.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp932 menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp932/'  \
+		-e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_ja_jp.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' \
+		-e 's/\(" Menu Translations:.*\)(.*)/\1(CP932)/'  \
+		> menu_japanese_japan.932.vim
+
+# Convert menu_ko_kr.utf-8.vim to create menu_ko_kr.euckr.vim.
+menu_ko_kr.euckr.vim: menu_ko_kr.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_ko_kr.euckr.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t euc-kr menu_ko_kr.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding euc-kr/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_ko_kr.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_ko_kr.euckr.vim
+
+# Convert menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim to create menu_pl_pl.iso_8859-2.vim.
+menu_pl_pl.iso_8859-2.vim: menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_pl_pl.iso_8859-2.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t iso8859-2 menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding iso8859-2/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_pl_pl.iso_8859-2.vim
+
+# Convert menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim to create menu_polish_poland.1250.vim.
+menu_polish_poland.1250.vim: menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_polish_poland.1250.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp1250 menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp1250/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_pl_pl.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_polish_poland.1250.vim
+
+# Convert menu_ru_ru.utf-8.vim to create menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim.
+menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim: menu_ru_ru.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t koi8-r menu_ru_ru.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding koi8-r/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_ru_ru.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim
+
+# Convert menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim to create menu_sl_si.cp1250.vim.
+menu_sl_si.cp1250.vim: menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_sl_si.cp1250.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp1250 menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp1250/'  \
+		-e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_sl_si.cp1250.vim
+
+# Convert menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim to create menu_sl_si.latin2.vim.
+menu_sl_si.latin2.vim: menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_sl_si.latin2.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t latin2 menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding latin2/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_sl_si.latin2.vim
+
+# Convert menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim to create menu_slovak_slovak_republic.1250.vim.
+menu_slovak_slovak_republic.1250.vim: menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_slovak_slovak_republic.1250.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp1250 menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp1250/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_sl_si.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_slovak_slovak_republic.1250.vim
+
+# Convert menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim to create menu_tr_tr.cp1254.vim.
+menu_tr_tr.cp1254.vim: menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_tr_tr.cp1254.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp1254 menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp1254/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_tr_tr.cp1254.vim
+
+# Convert menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim to create menu_tr_tr.iso_8859-9.vim.
+menu_tr_tr.iso_8859-9.vim: menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_tr_tr.iso_8859-9.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t iso8859-9 menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding iso8859-9/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_tr_tr.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_tr_tr.iso_8859-9.vim
+
+# Convert menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim to create menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-5.vim.
+menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-5.vim: menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-5.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t iso8859-5 menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding iso8859-5/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-5.vim
+
+# Convert menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim to create menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-2.vim.
+menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-2.vim: menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-2.vim
+	sed -e 's/а/a/g' -e 's/б/b/g' -e 's/в/v/g' -e 's/г/g/g' -e 's/д/d/g' \
+		-e 's/ђ/đ/g' -e 's/е/e/g' -e 's/ж/ž/g' -e 's/з/z/g' -e 's/и/i/g' \
+		-e 's/ј/j/g' -e 's/к/k/g' -e 's/л/l/g' -e 's/љ/lj/g' -e 's/м/m/g' \
+		-e 's/н/n/g' -e 's/њ/nj/g' -e 's/о/o/g' -e 's/п/p/g' -e 's/р/r/g' \
+		-e 's/с/s/g' -e 's/т/t/g' -e 's/ћ/ć/g' -e 's/у/u/g' -e 's/ф/f/g' \
+		-e 's/х/h/g' -e 's/ц/c/g' -e 's/ч/č/g' -e 's/џ/dž/g' -e 's/ш/š/g' \
+		-e 's/А/A/g' -e 's/Б/B/g' -e 's/В/V/g' -e 's/Г/G/g' -e 's/Д/D/g' \
+		-e 's/Ђ/Đ/g' -e 's/Е/E/g' -e 's/Ж/Ž/g' -e 's/З/Z/g' -e 's/И/I/g' \
+		-e 's/Ј/J/g' -e 's/К/K/g' -e 's/Л/L/g' -e 's/Љ/Lj/g' -e 's/М/M/g' \
+		-e 's/Н/N/g' -e 's/Њ/Nj/g' -e 's/О/O/g' -e 's/П/P/g' -e 's/Р/R/g' \
+		-e 's/С/S/g' -e 's/Т/T/g' -e 's/Ћ/Ć/g' -e 's/У/U/g' -e 's/Ф/F/g' \
+		-e 's/Х/H/g' -e 's/Ц/C/g' -e 's/Ч/Č/g' -e 's/Џ/Dž/g' -e 's/Ш/Š/g' \
+		-e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding iso8859-2/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' \
+		menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim | iconv -f utf-8 -t iso8859-2 \
+	> menu_sr_rs.iso_8859-2.vim
+
+# Convert menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim to create menu_sr_rs.ascii.vim.
+menu_sr_rs.ascii.vim: menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_sr_rs.ascii.vim
+	sed -e 's/а/a/g' -e 's/б/b/g' -e 's/в/v/g' -e 's/г/g/g' -e 's/д/d/g' \
+		-e 's/ђ/dj/g' -e 's/е/e/g' -e 's/ж/z/g' -e 's/з/z/g' -e 's/и/i/g' \
+		-e 's/ј/j/g' -e 's/к/k/g' -e 's/л/l/g' -e 's/љ/lj/g' -e 's/м/m/g' \
+		-e 's/н/n/g' -e 's/њ/nj/g' -e 's/о/o/g' -e 's/п/p/g' -e 's/р/r/g' \
+		-e 's/с/s/g' -e 's/т/t/g' -e 's/ћ/c/g' -e 's/у/u/g' -e 's/ф/f/g' \
+		-e 's/х/h/g' -e 's/ц/c/g' -e 's/ч/c/g' -e 's/џ/dz/g' -e 's/ш/s/g' \
+		-e 's/А/A/g' -e 's/Б/B/g' -e 's/В/V/g' -e 's/Г/G/g' -e 's/Д/D/g' \
+		-e 's/Ђ/Đ/g' -e 's/Е/E/g' -e 's/Ж/Z/g' -e 's/З/Z/g' -e 's/И/I/g' \
+		-e 's/Ј/J/g' -e 's/К/K/g' -e 's/Л/L/g' -e 's/Љ/Lj/g' -e 's/М/M/g' \
+		-e 's/Н/N/g' -e 's/Њ/Nj/g' -e 's/О/O/g' -e 's/П/P/g' -e 's/Р/R/g' \
+		-e 's/С/S/g' -e 's/Т/T/g' -e 's/Ћ/C/g' -e 's/У/U/g' -e 's/Ф/F/g' \
+		-e 's/Х/H/g' -e 's/Ц/C/g' -e 's/Ч/C/g' -e 's/Џ/Dz/g' -e 's/Ш/S/g' \
+		-e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding latin1/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' \
+		menu_sr_rs.utf-8.vim > menu_sr_rs.ascii.vim
+	
+# Convert menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim to create menu_uk_ua.cp1251.vim.
+menu_uk_ua.cp1251.vim: menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_uk_ua.cp1251.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t cp1251 menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding cp1251/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_uk_ua.cp1251.vim
+
+# Convert menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim to create menu_uk_ua.koi8-u.vim.
+menu_uk_ua.koi8-u.vim: menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim
+	rm -f menu_uk_ua.koi8-u.vim
+	iconv -f utf-8 -t koi8-u menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim | \
+		sed -e 's/scriptencoding utf-8/scriptencoding koi8-u/' -e 's/" Original translations/" Generated from menu_uk_ua.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT/' > menu_uk_ua.koi8-u.vim

runtime/lang/menu_af_af.latin1.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Afrikaas
 " Maintainer:		Danie Roux <droux@tuks.co.za>
 " Last Change:		2012 May 01
+" Original translations
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")

runtime/lang/menu_ca_es.latin1.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 "
 " Maintainer:	Ernest Adrogu<67> <eadrogue@gmx.net>
 " Last Change:	26 Jul 2017
-"
+" Original translations
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")

runtime/lang/menu_chinese_gb.936.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Menu Translations:    Simplified Chinese
 " Maintainer:           Shun Bai <baishunde@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer:  Yuheng Xie <elephant@linux.net.cn>
-" Last Change:          2020 Apr 23
+" Last Change:          2022 Feb 19
+" Generated from menu_zh_cn.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -449,4 +450,4 @@ menutrans Set\ '&filetype'\ Too			Ҳ
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
 
-" vim: set nu ts=4 sw=4 noet fdm=marker fdc=4 :
+" vim: set ts=4 sw=4 noet fdm=marker fdc=4 :

runtime/lang/menu_chinese_taiwan.950.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " Menu Translations:	Traditional Chinese
 " Translated By:	Hung-Te Lin	<piaip@csie.ntu.edu.tw>
 " Last Change:		2012 May 01
+" Generated from menu_zh_tw.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT
 
 " {{{ Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -8,6 +9,7 @@ if exists("did_menu_trans")
 endif
 let did_menu_trans = 1
 " }}}
+
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/lang/menu_cs_cz.iso_8859-2.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
-" Menu Translations:    Czech (ISO-8859-2)
+" Menu Translations:    Czech (ISO8859-2)
 " Maintainer:           Jiri Sedlak <jiri_sedlak@users.sourceforge.net>
 " Previous maintainer:  Jiri Brezina
 " Based on:             menu.vim (2012-10-21)
+" Generated from menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")
@@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ let did_menu_trans = 1
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-scriptencoding iso-8859-2
+scriptencoding iso8859-2
 
 " {{{ File menu
 menutrans &File				&Soubor

runtime/lang/menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Maintainer:           Jiri Sedlak <jiri_sedlak@users.sourceforge.net>
 " Previous maintainer:  Jiri Brezina
 " Based on:             menu.vim (2012-10-21)
+" Original translations
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")

runtime/lang/menu_czech_czech_republic.1250.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Maintainer:           Jiri Sedlak <jiri_sedlak@users.sourceforge.net>
 " Previous maintainer:  Jiri Brezina
 " Based on:             menu.vim (2012-10-21)
+" Generated from menu_cs_cz.utf-8.vim, DO NOT EDIT
 
 " Quit when menu translations have already been done.
 if exists("did_menu_trans")